Ashland City Report - Cheatham County Chamber of Commerce
Transcription
Ashland City Report - Cheatham County Chamber of Commerce
An Appraisal of A Proposed Assisted Living Facility VantagePointe Village at Ashland City 1164 Vantage Pointe Road Ashland City, Tennessee Prepared For Love Funding Corporation 1250 Connecticut Avenue Northwest Suite 310 Washington, D.C. Prepared By Valuation & Information Group 6167 Bristol Parkway Suite 430 Culver City, California October 12, 2011 Cortney Mauldin VP FHA Deputy Chief Underwriter Love Funding Corporation 1250 Connecticut Avenue Northwest Suite 310 Washington, D.C. 20036 Re: VantagePointe Village at Ashland City 1164 Vantage Pointe Road Ashland City, Tennessee Dear Mr. Mauldin: In accordance with your request, we have conducted a self-contained appraisal of the total assets of the business for the above referenced property. The subject is a proposed 81,252-square-foot assisted living facility that will contain 60 assisted living units (60 beds) and 20 memory care assisted living units (20 beds). However, three of the assisted living two-bedroom units will be licensed to provide double occupancy (couples). Given this factor, the facility will have the licensed capacity for 86 residents although it is projected to operate only 80 beds. The quality of construction is expected to be good and the condition of the improvements is assumed to be new. The primary purpose of this valuation is to estimate the as-stabilized fee simple market value of the total assets of the business in accordance with Healthcare Appraisal Guidelines for HUD/FHA Section 232 Lean Program. It is our understanding that this appraisal will be used in connection with HUD financing. The value reported herein is that of the fee simple estate, which includes the land, improvements, equipment and business assets. We did not include working capital in our valuation but have assumed that it is available and adequate to support the operations of the facility. This appraisal investigation included a visit to the property on September 7, 2011, and all necessary investigation and analyses were made by the appraisers. The appraisal was prepared in accordance with Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) and Healthcare Appraisal Guidelines for HUD/FHA Section 232/New Construction Lean Program and involved the facts, assumptions, investigations and analyses set forth in the report. Based upon the procedures outlined in this report, it is estimated that the as-stabilized, fee simple market value of the total assets of the business, as of September 7, 2011, is reasonably represented in the following rounded amount: $12,630,000 Love Funding Corporation October 12, 2011 Page 2 This estimate and the report are subject to the statement of facts and limiting conditions that are a critical part of our valuation report. No part of the appraisal report should be published or disseminated without Valuation and Information Group’s prior written approval. Thank you for the opportunity to provide you this service. Respectfully submitted, Valuation and Information Group Daniel J. Schneider Senior Vice President TN Temp. Permit 00056259 DJS/TRL/JPL/HL:cb 210212 SUBJECT PHOTOGRAPHS Facing Northwest across Proposed Subject Site Facing West across Proposed Subject Site Facing Northeast across Proposed Subject Site Vacant land and VantagePointe Homes at Marrowbone Heights to the south Sycamore Apartments to the Northwest VantagePointe Homes at Marrowbone Heights to the Northeast Entrance Road to the Subject and VantagePointe Homes at Marrowbone Heights South on Highway 12 South North on Highway 12 South Walmart Supercenter to the Northwest SUMMARY OF SALIENT FACTS Property VantagePointe Village at Ashland City 1164 Vantage Pointe Road Ashland City, Tennessee Assessor's Parcel Numbers Part of parcels 062-013.04 and 062-013.05 (a new parcel number will be assigned to the subject site as created from pieces of these parcels) Interest Appraised Fee simple estate Effective Date of Appraisal: As Is September 7, 2011 Date of Physical Inspection September 7, 2011 Date of Report October 12, 2011 Type of Value To estimate the fee simple as-is market value of the total assets of the business assuming the completion and stabilization of the project, as of the date specified within this report. Intended Use In connection with HUD financing Land Size The subject’s site will consist of 4.405 acres, or 191,882 square feet; the site is currently part of two parcels, which contain 9.05 acres, or 394,218 square feet, combined. Zoning PUD – Planned Unit Development Building Description The subject is a proposed 81,252-square-foot senior living community that will contain 60 assisted living units (60 beds) and 20 memory care assisted living units (20 beds). However, three of the assisted living two-bedroom units will be licensed to provide double occupancy (couples). Given this factor, the facility will have the licensed capacity for 86 residents although it is projected to operate only 80 beds. These units will be contained within one four-story building. The quality of construction is expected to be good and the condition of the improvements is assumed to be new. Licensing 86 beds (assisted living facility) Highest and Best Use: As Vacant As Developed Senior living facility Senior living facility Value Indicators: Fee Simple: Replacement New, Land & FF&E $12,900,000 Cost Approach Land Improvements Equipment Value Indication $380,000 11,920,000 600,000 $12,900,000 Sales Comparison Approach $12,650,000 Income Capitalization Approach Occupancy Level Net Income Capitalization Rate Total (rounded) 91.5% $1,199,591 9.5% $12,630,000 Value Conclusion - Fee Simple $12,630,000 This value may be allocated as follows: Land $380,000 Improvements 11,650,000 Equipment 600,000 Business 0 Total $12,630,000 Special Limiting Conditions: The subject is a proposed assisted living facility. The premise of this valuation is to value the proposed subject property assuming stabilized occupancy levels with an effective date of valuation of September 7, 2011. As of this effective date of value, the subject facility was not built, much less stabilized. This hypothetical condition is consistent and appropriate for underwriting criteria under the HUD Lean program. The subject’s site is part of two existing parcels that contain 9.05 acres combined. Upon completion, the subject’s site will consist of 4.405 acres. The valuation is based on the hypothetical condition that the subject’s site will be subdivided from the two existing parcels and will be established a separate legal entity. CERTIFICATION We certify that to the best of our knowledge and belief: 1. The statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct. 2. The reported analyses, opinions and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions and are our personal, unbiased professional analyses, opinions and conclusions. 3. We have no present or prospective interest in the property that is the subject of this report and we have no personal interest or bias with respect to the parties involved. 4. We have no bias with respect to the property that is the subject of this report or to the parties involved with this assignment. 5. Our engagement in this assignment was not contingent upon developing or reporting predetermined results. 6. Our compensation is not contingent upon the development or reporting of a predetermined value or direction in value that favors the cause of the client, the amount of the value estimate, the attainment of a stipulated result or the occurrence of a subsequent event directly related to the intended use of this appraisal. 7. The reported analyses, opinions and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics and the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Institute, which include the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. 8. Daniel J. Schneider made a personal inspection of the subject property, supervised the appraisal process and determined the value conclusion. 9. Jean-Pierre LoMonaco, MAI, provided significant professional assistance to the person signing this report, which included reviewing the appraisal, but did not inspect the subject property. Thomas R. Lettieri also inspected the subject property and provided significant professional assistance to the person signing this report, which included verifying land sales and collecting tax data. Howard Lee also provided significant professional assistance to the persons signing this report, which included a draft of the Cost, Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization approaches, but did not inspect the subject property. 10. The use of this report is subject to the requirements of the Appraisal Institute relating to review by its duly authorized representatives. 11. This appraisal was not based on a requested minimum valuation, a specific valuation or the approval of a loan. 12. As of the date of this report, Jean-Pierre LoMonaco, MAI, has completed the continuing education program of the Appraisal Institute. As of the date of this report, Daniel J. Schneider, Brian Murphy and Greg Farrell have completed the Standards and Ethics Education Requirement of the Appraisal Institute for Associate Members. 13. I have not provided any services regarding the subject property within the three-year period immediately preceding acceptance of the assignment, as an appraiser or in any other capacity. Employees of the Valuation & Information Group have not provided any services regarding the subject property within the three-year period immediately preceding acceptance of the assignment, as an appraiser or in any other capacity. HUD Certification: I understand that our appraisal will be used by Love Funding Corporation to document to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) that the Lean Lender’s application for FHA multifamily mortgage insurance was prepared and reviewed in accordance with HUD requirements. I certify that my review was in accordance with the HUD requirements applicable on the date of our review and that I have no financial interest or family relationship with the officers, directors, stockholders or partners of the Borrower, the general contractor, any subcontractors, the buyer or seller of the proposed property or engage in any business that might present a conflict of interest. I am under contract with Love Funding Corporation for this specific assignment (appraiser) and we have no other side deals, agreements or financial considerations with the Lean Lender or others in connection with this transaction. Daniel J. Schneider TN Temp. Permit 00056259 Warning: Title 18 U.S.C. 1001, provides in part that whoever knowingly and willfully makes or uses a document containing any false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry, in any manner in the jurisdiction of any department or agency of the United States, shall be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned for not more than five years or both. STATEMENT OF FACTS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS This appraisal report has been made with the following assumptions and limiting conditions: 1. We assume no responsibility for the legal description furnished to us, stated in the report or for matters pertaining to legal or title considerations. In arriving at the opinion expressed in this report, we assumed that the owner holds good and marketable title, free and clear of all liens except those described herein. 2. If no legal description or survey was furnished, we used the county tax plat to ascertain the physical dimensions and acreage of the property. Should the information furnished to or obtained by us prove to be inaccurate, the property’s value may be more or less than what is stated in this report. 3. We appraised the property free and clear of any or all liens or encumbrances unless otherwise stated. 4. We assumed that the property is an established business, with efficient and competent owners and management, experienced in the healthcare industry. 5. We assumed that the information furnished by others is reliable, but we were given no warranty of its accuracy and we make no such warranty. 6. We assumed all engineering studies to be correct. To the extent that we have included plot plans and illustrative material in this report, we have done so solely to help the reader visualize the property and make no representations in connection with such depictions. 7. We assumed that there are no hidden or unapparent conditions of the property, subsoil or structures that render it more or less valuable. We assume no responsibility for such conditions or for obtaining the engineering studies that may be required to discover them. 8. We assumed that the owner and management have fully complied with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, including without limitation any zoning, use and environmental restrictions, unless any noncompliance or nonconformity is stated, described and considered in the report. 9. We assumed that all required licenses, certificates of occupancy, consents and other legislative or administrative authority from any local, state or national government or private entity or organization have been or can be obtained or renewed for any use on which the value estimate contained in this report is based. 10. We assumed that the use of the land and improvements is confined within the boundaries or property lines of the property described and that there is no encroachment or trespass unless noted in the report. 11. Unless otherwise stated in this report, we were not informed of and did not observe the existence of hazardous materials, which may or may not be present on the property. We are, however, not qualified to detect such materials. We assume no responsibility for such conditions or for any expertise or engineering knowledge required to discover them. The presence of asbestos, urea-formaldehyde foam insulation and other potentially hazardous materials may affect the value of the property. The intended user of the property and this appraisal is urged to retain a hazardous materials expert. In valuing the property, we assumed that there are no hazardous materials in or about the property that diminish the property’s value. 12. Any allocation of the total value estimated in this report between the land and the improvements applies only under the stated program of utilization. The separate values allocated to the land and buildings must not be used in conjunction with any other appraisal and are invalid if so used. 13. Possession of this report, or a copy thereof, does not carry with it the right of publication. 14. Upon delivery of this report, we are not required to provide any additional services or testimony, or to appear or attend any judicial or other proceeding pertaining to the preparation or content of this report, the properties or interests described in it, or any matter that is or could have been addressed in it, unless we make or have made a separate arrangement specifically addressing this. 15. Neither all nor any part of the contents of this report (especially any conclusions as to value, our firm’s identity or the identity of the appraiser) shall be disseminated to the public through advertising, public relations, news, sales or other media without our prior written consent and the approval of the appraiser. 16. Any value estimates provided in the report apply to the entire property, and any proration or division of the total into fractional interests will invalidate the value estimate, unless such proration or division of interests has been set forth in the report. 17. We used only preliminary plans and specifications in the preparation of this appraisal except as indicated, and the analysis based upon any preliminary plans and specifications is made subject to a review of the final plans and specifications when available. 18. We assume that any proposed improvements have been completed unless otherwise stipulated, and we assume that any construction conforms to the building plans referenced in the report. 19. We assume that the reader or user of this report has been provided with copies of available building plans and all leases and amendments, if any, that encumber the property. 20. The forecasts, projections or operating estimates contained herein are based on current market conditions, anticipated short-term supply and demand factors, and a continued stable economy. These forecasts are, therefore, subject to change with future conditions. 21. We have not analyzed the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), as amended, as they may pertain to this property or whether the property complies with the ADA. We were not engaged to, and did not, survey or analyze the property to determine whether or not the property or its operations complies with the requirements of the ADA. We assume no responsibility for the property’s noncompliance or for any expertise or knowledge required to discover such noncompliance. If the property is not in compliance with the requirements of the ADA, such condition may affect the value of the property. The intended user of the property and this appraisal is urged to retain an ADA expert. In valuing the property, we assumed that there is no material noncompliance in or about the property that diminishes the property’s value. 22. We have prepared this report in conformity with and subject to the requirements of the code of professional ethics and the standards of professional conduct of the professional appraisal organizations of which we are members. 23. We assume no responsibility to report to any person, including any financial, regulatory or tax authority, any matters or information obtained or analyzed in preparing this report. 24. This report and the valuation estimate stated herein are valid only for the purpose stated and as of the date stated. 25. In preparing this report, we have relied, where appropriate, on information, including historical financial and operating data, and assumptions provided to us by the property’s owner and management. We have not audited such information and give no warranty or other assurance as to the accuracy of such information and assumptions. Some of the assumptions inevitably shall not materialize, and unanticipated events and circumstances may occur, therefore, actual results achieved may vary from the forecasts and the variance from the assumptions may be material. We have assumed, however, that this data is correct and will accurately reflect the operating performance of the subject property. Our valuation estimate would be affected by any material misstatement in the information provided to us. 26. We have assumed that there are no legal or political matters affecting the future operation of the property, unless the property’s owner or management have called such matters to our attention and they are stated herein. 27. This report may depend in part upon our opinions about the future operations of the property. These opinions are usually expressed in terms of what we “anticipate,” believe,” “expect” or similar words. Actual results may differ from our projections. 28. We assume no responsibility to supplement or amend this report for conditions or events occurring after the date of this report. TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................. 1 PROPERTY IDENTIFICATION .............................................................................................................. 1 TYPE AND DEFINITION OF VALUE ..................................................................................................... 1 INTENDED USE, INTENDED USERS AND CLIENT................................................................................ 1 SCOPE OF THE APPRAISAL ................................................................................................................ 2 APPRAISAL STANDARDS ................................................................................................................... 3 PROPERTY RIGHT APPRAISED ........................................................................................................... 3 EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE APPRAISAL ............................................................................................... 4 APPRAISAL DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................... 4 COMPLIANCE ..................................................................................................................................... 5 COMPETENCY .................................................................................................................................... 5 SALES AND PROPERTY HISTORY ....................................................................................................... 5 REASONABLE EXPOSURE TIME ......................................................................................................... 6 ASSISTED LIVING INDUSTRY OUTLOOK .................................................................................... 7 DEMAND ............................................................................................................................................ 7 SUPPLY ............................................................................................................................................ 10 PAYORS ........................................................................................................................................... 16 TENNESSEE ASSISTED LIVING OVERVIEW ...................................................................................... 17 REGIONAL ANALYSIS .................................................................................................................... 21 DEMOGRAPHICS .............................................................................................................................. 23 EMPLOYMENT ................................................................................................................................. 26 HOUSING ......................................................................................................................................... 28 TRANSPORTATION ........................................................................................................................... 29 EDUCATION ..................................................................................................................................... 30 HEALTHCARE .................................................................................................................................. 30 CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................................... 33 NEIGHBORHOOD ANALYSIS ........................................................................................................ 34 FACILITY OVERVIEW..................................................................................................................... 38 MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW.............................................................................................................. 40 SITE DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................................... 41 SITE CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................................................. 41 TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE ....................................................................................................... 41 SOILS HAZARDS .............................................................................................................................. 41 FLOOD ZONE ................................................................................................................................... 41 UTILITIES......................................................................................................................................... 42 ZONING............................................................................................................................................ 42 EASEMENTS/ENCROACHMENTS/RESTRICTIONS .............................................................................. 43 ASSESSMENT AND TAXES ............................................................................................................... 43 ESTIMATED ASSESSMENT AND TAXES ............................................................................................ 43 IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION................................................................................................... 44 BUILDING ........................................................................................................................................ 44 LAYOUT ........................................................................................................................................... 45 SITE IMPROVEMENTS ...................................................................................................................... 46 DEPRECIATION ................................................................................................................................ 47 INTANGIBLE AND OTHER ASSETS ................................................................................................... 47 EQUIPMENT ..................................................................................................................................... 47 SUMMARY ....................................................................................................................................... 48 MARKET AREA ................................................................................................................................ 48 ASSISTED LIVING/MEMORY COMPETITION............................................................................. 53 PMA DEMOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS ................................................................................................. 66 NON-MEMORY CARE ASSISTED LIVING DEMAND................................................................. 68 MEMORY CARE DEMAND ............................................................................................................. 74 HIGHEST AND BEST USE ............................................................................................................... 79 HIGHEST AND BEST USE AS THOUGH VACANT ............................................................................. 80 HIGHEST AND BEST USE AS IMPROVED ......................................................................................... 81 VALUATION METHODOLOGY ..................................................................................................... 83 COST APPROACH............................................................................................................................. 85 LAND VALUATION .......................................................................................................................... 85 BUILDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS VALUATION ........................................................................ 92 EQUIPMENT VALUATION ................................................................................................................. 98 RECONCILIATION WITH MANAGEMENT’S COST SCHEDULE ........................................................... 98 COST APPROACH SUMMARY ......................................................................................................... 100 INSURABLE VALUE........................................................................................................................ 100 SALES COMPARISON APPROACH ............................................................................................. 101 PRICE PER UNIT COMPARISON – ASSISTED LIVING ...................................................................... 104 CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................................. 108 EFFECTIVE GROSS INCOME MULTIPLE ......................................................................................... 111 SALES COMPARISON APPROACH CONCLUSION ............................................................................ 112 INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH ................................................................................... 112 HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE ......................................................................................................... 113 NET OPERATING INCOME (NOI) ................................................................................................... 135 CAPITALIZATION PROCESS ............................................................................................................ 138 INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH SUMMARY ........................................................................ 141 OPERATING DEFICIT ...................................................................................................................... 141 CORRELATION OF VALUE .......................................................................................................... 143 ADDENDUM Exhibit A - Exhibit B Exhibit C Exhibit D Exhibit E - Area Map, Neighborhood Map, Plat Map, Property Drawings, Zoning Information and Demographics Comparable Land Sales Map, Data Sheets and Photographs Improved Sales Map, Data Sheets and Photographs Financials Appraiser’s Licenses and Qualifications Page 1 INTRODUCTION PROPERTY IDENTIFICATION The subject property is within a larger multifamily development (VantagePointe Homes at Marrowbone Heights) in Ashland City, Tennessee. The site will have direct access from Highway 12 South. The subject is part of parcel numbers 062-013.04 and .05. A new parcel number will be assigned to the subject site as split from this larger parcel. TYPE AND DEFINITION OF VALUE The purpose of the appraisal is to set forth an estimate of and support for the market value of the total assets of the business. For the purpose of this report, “market value” is defined as follows: The most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:1 a) b) c) d) e) buyer and seller are typically motivated; both parties are well informed or well advised and each acting in what they consider their best interests; a reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market; payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and the price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale. INTENDED USE, INTENDED USERS AND CLIENT This report is to be used in connection with HUD financing. The intended users are representatives of Love Funding Corporation, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). Our client in this engagement is Love Funding Corporation. 1 Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 12 CFR Part 34.42g. Page 2 SCOPE OF THE APPRAISAL The subject is a going concern with a substantial real estate base. Included in the concept of going concern are tangible and business assets comprising the business. Tangible assets include land, site improvements, building and equipment. In addition to tangible assets, also known as real and personal property, the subject includes various business assets necessary for the provision of healthcare, dietary, housekeeping, laundry and ancillary services. The provision of these services may create a going concern value beyond the value of the real and personal property. These assets, which tend to increase in value in relation to the level of services provided, include an assembled work force, referral sources, systems and procedures, resident records and goodwill. This appraisal is of the entire going concern, one part of which is real estate. For this reason, this appraisal engagement has been conducted using applicable standard appraisal techniques and is in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) as set forth by the Appraisal Foundation and HUD 232 Lean Processing guidelines. This appraisal engagement entails the collection, analysis and description of data pertaining to the physical, legal and economic conditions that affect the use and value of the subject property, and any other relevant data that would pertain to the appraisal of a senior care facility. The scope of the appraisal includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Conducting an inspection of the subject property. Describing the property and its environment. Conducting an analysis of the city and neighborhood. Estimating the market value of the land by the analysis of the land sales identified. Estimating the depreciated replacement cost of the improvements which, when added to the land and equipment, indicates the market value via the Cost Approach. Conducting a search for (with verification) and analysis of sales of similarly improved properties. Estimating the market value by the analysis of the sales identified via the Sales Comparison Approach. Estimating the fee simple market value via the Income Capitalization Approach. Reconciling the three approaches to value for the final value estimate. Preparing an appraisal report in a self-contained format based on all findings. Page 3 APPRAISAL STANDARDS This appraisal engagement has been conducted using applicable standard appraisal techniques and is in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) and Healthcare Appraisal Guidelines for HUD/FHA Section 232/New Construction Lean Program. The report will be used by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) for the specific purpose of lending decisions as outlined by their appraisal requirements. HYPOTHETICAL CONDITION A hypothetical condition is defined by USPAP as a condition “which is contrary to what exists but is supposed for the purpose of analysis.” Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis. A hypothetical condition may be used in an assignment only if: • • • Use of the hypothetical condition is clearly required for legal purposes, for purposes of reasonable analysis, or for purposes of comparison; Use of the hypothetical condition results in a credible analysis; and The appraiser complies with the disclosure requirements set forth in USPAP for hypothetical conditions. The subject is a proposed assisted living facility. The premise of this valuation is to value the proposed subject property assuming stabilized occupancy levels with an effective date of valuation of September 7, 2011. As of this effective date of value, the subject facility was not built, much less stabilized. This hypothetical condition is consistent and appropriate for underwriting criteria under the HUD Lean program. PROPERTY RIGHT APPRAISED The property rights appraised herein are the fee simple of the tangible and business assets. These interests are defined as follows: Page 4 Fee Simple Estate: Absolute ownership unencumbered by any other interest or estate, subject only to the limitation imposed by the governmental powers of taxation, eminent domain, police power, escheat. 2 EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE APPRAISAL The effective date of this analysis is September 7, 2011. The site was inspected on September 7, 2011. APPRAISAL DEFINITIONS For the purposes of this report, “self-contained appraisal report” is defined as: A written report prepared under Standards Rule 2-2(a).3 “Going-concern value” is defined as: The value of a proven property operation. It includes the incremental value associated with the business concern, which is distinct from the value of the real property. It includes an intangible enhancement of the value of the operating business enterprise, which is produced by the assemblage of the land, buildings, labor, equipment, and the marketing operation. This assemblage creates an economically viable business that is expected to continue. The value of the going concern refers to the total value of the property, including both the real property and the intangible personal property attributed to business enterprise value.4 “Personal property” is defined as: Movable items of property that are not permanently affixed to, or part of, the real estate.5 For purposes of this appraisal, we consider equipment to represent personal property. 2 The Appraisal of Real Estate, Thirteenth Edition, Appraisal Institute, Illinois, 2008, page 111. 3 Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice, 2010-2011 Edition, The Appraisal Foundation, Washington D.C., page 22. 4 The Appraisal of Real Estate, Thirteenth Edition, Appraisal Institute, Illinois, 2008, pages 29-30. 5 Ibid., page 7. Page 5 Our estimate of value reflects the value in a proven property operation considered as an assembled economic unit. The value estimate is expressed in terms of cash. COMPLIANCE To the best of our knowledge, the analyses, opinions and conclusions that were developed in this report have been prepared in conformity with the regulations of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) of the Appraisal Foundation and Healthcare Appraisal Guidelines for HUD/FHA Section 232/New Construction Lean Program. COMPETENCY From our understanding of the assignment to be performed, which is addressed in the Scope of the Appraisal, it is our opinion that we are competent to perform this appraisal due to the fact that: 1. The appraisers have knowledge and experience in the nature of this assignment. 2. All necessary and appropriate steps have been taken in order to complete the assignment competently. 3. There is no lack of knowledge or experience that would prohibit this assignment from being completed in a professional, competent manner or where a biased or misleading opinion of value is to be rendered. SALES AND PROPERTY HISTORY Any sales of the subject property that have occurred within a three-year period prior to the effective date of value have been considered. There has not been any sale within the last three-year period. However, the subject’s developer (Ashland Heights, L.P.) purchased both the existing parcels in which the subject’s site will be part of, as part of a larger land purchase in March 30, 2009. This transaction included the acquisition of 25.0 acres for $1,250,000, or 50,000 per acre. The majority of this land was improved with a multifamily apartment complex (VantagePointe Homes at Marrowbone Heights). Page 6 REASONABLE EXPOSURE TIME “Reasonable exposure time” is defined as: The estimated length of time the property interest being appraised would have been offered on the market prior to the hypothetical consummation of a sale at market value on the effective date of the appraisal; a retrospective estimate based upon an analysis of past events assuming a competitive and open market.6 The concept of reasonable exposure time encompasses not only adequate, sufficient and reasonable time, but also adequate, sufficient and reasonable effort. This concept also takes into consideration the type of property being appraised, supply/demand conditions as of the effective date(s) of the appraisal and the analysis of historical sales information (sold after exposure and after completion of negotiations between the seller and buyer). The reasonable exposure period is therefore a function of price, time and use, and is not an isolated estimate of time alone. Reasonable exposure time is always presumed to precede the effective date of the appraisal and differs for various types of real estate and under various market conditions. Our estimate of exposure time is therefore based on the subject property's determined highest and best use, in a market where there is evidence of demand for such a facility. The estimate of reasonable exposure time is not a predication, but rather a judgment made by the appraiser based on market conditions preceding the effective date of the appraisal. Based upon the determination of the highest and best use for the subject, with consideration given to the overall condition and physical characteristics of the subject, it is our opinion that, were the subject property offered for sale, a sale could occur within 12 months. 6 Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice, 2010-2011 Edition, The Appraisal Foundation, Washington D.C., page 89. Page 7 ASSISTED LIVING INDUSTRY OUTLOOK Assisted living is defined as the long-term care option in which communities provide housing, supportive services, personalized assistance with activities of daily living (ADL) and healthcare, and are licensed, certified or registered by states. Seniors who choose assisted living receive customized assistance to fit their needs which benefits and enriches their lives, and promotes independence and well-being. Staff is available to meet both scheduled and unscheduled needs. Activities of daily living (ADLs) include bathing or showering, dressing, eating, getting in or out of bed or chair, walking and using the toilet. Instrumental activities of daily living (IADLs) include using the telephone, doing light housework, doing heavy housework, preparing meals, shopping for personal items and managing money. DEMAND The rapid increase in the elderly population is the force behind the tremendous expansion of the senior housing and long-term care industries. The U.S. Bureau of the Census estimates that between 1990 and 2050, the number of Americans aged 65 and older will more than double (from 31 million in 1990 to more than 79 million in 2050). The United States population statistics and forecasts are provided in the following table: U.S. Population Growth Total Population 65+ Population % of Total 75+ Population % of Total 85+ Population % of Total 2000 2011 Estimate % Change 2016 Projection % Change 281,421,906 310,650,750 10.4% 323,031,618 4.0% 34,991,753 41,346,659 18.2% 47,902,230 15.9% 12.4% 13.3% 14.8% 16,600,767 19,087,926 15.0% 20,546,648 7.6% 5.9% 6.1% 6.4% 4,239,587 5,846,730 37.9% 6,546,281 12.0% 1.5% 1.9% 2.0% Source: T he Nielsen Company Page 8 Over the next five years the fastest growing age group is expected to be the 65+ population. In the United States, the population made up of those 65 years of age or older is projected to increase from 12.4% of the population in 2000 to 20.7% by 2050 because of the aging of the baby boom generation and increased longevity. The implications for the delivery and financing of healthcare will be profound because elderly persons use healthcare services at a greater rate than younger persons. The larger number of elderly persons will put greater pressure on the budget for the Medicare program. Increases in the number of persons 85 years of age or older, who are most likely to require nursing home and other long-term care, will exert similar pressure on the Medicaid program, which pays for about half the total costs of nursing home care. A factor contributing to growth in demand for elderly care is the increased life expectancy of the United States population. As the average life expectancy for both men and women continues to increase (as illustrated in the following table) the probability of an elderly person requiring some form of healthcare service also increases. 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2009 UNITED STATES LIFE EXPECTANCY Men Women At Birth At Age 65 At Birth At Age 65 60.9 11.9 65.3 13.4 65.6 12.8 71.1 15.0 66.6 12.8 73.1 15.8 67.1 13.1 74.7 17.0 70.0 14.1 77.4 18.3 71.8 15.1 78.8 18.9 74.1 16.0 79.3 19.0 75.7 17.3 80.6 19.9 Source: National Center for Health Statistics While most major healthcare providers will benefit as America ages, the senior housing/care industry will be the chief beneficiary. Page 9 The total projected expenditure for all services from the age of 65 years until death is $164,505. Of this amount, $105,342 is for Medicare plus cost sharing, $34,205 is for nursing home care not covered by Medicare, $11,428 is for home healthcare not covered by Medicare, $9,546 is for prescription drugs and $3,984 is for vision, dental care and durable medical equipment (see following table). Total expenditures from the age of 65 years until death rise substantially with longevity, from $31,181 for persons who die at the age of 65 years to over $200,000 for those who die at the age of 90 or older. This pattern is determined by the substantial increase in nursing home expenditures for the very elderly. Mean Cumulative Expenditures Per Person For Acute And Long-Term Care From The Age Of 65 Years Until Death, According To The Age At Death All Services Age At Death (Yr) All Persons > 64 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 >101 164,505 31,181 87,116 123,823 157,903 193,727 235,369 287,980 358,174 407,425 Medicare-Covered Services Plus Cost Sharing Nursing Home Care Home Care Mean Expenditure (Dollars) 11,428 34,205 105,342 2,024 1,751 26,161 3,658 5,829 72,302 5,614 12,168 96,459 8,909 22,529 112,857 13,692 39,009 123,722 20,019 64,665 130,042 27,948 104,069 132,341 37,476 163,563 130,910 43,390 207,926 128,617 Prescription Drugs 9,546 1,073 3,564 6,681 9,656 12,335 14,667 16,634 18,214 18,913 Other Services 3,984 171 1,762 2,901 3,952 4,969 5,976 6,988 8,011 8,579 Source: The Effect of Longevity on Spending for Acute and Long-Term Care, New England Journal of Medicine, May 11, 2000, Volume 342, Number 19, by Brenda C. Spillman, Ph.D. and James Lubitz, M.P.H. Medicare-covered services and nursing home care from the age of 65 until death for a cohort of persons born in 1950 and projected to turn 65 in 2015 will be 73% greater than the combined expenditures for a cohort of persons born in 1935 and projected to turn 65 in 2000. The most important factor underlying the difference in expenditures is the higher number of persons projected to turn 65 in 2015. This increase is due primarily to the larger number of births in the 2015 cohort (4.27 million versus 2.72 million in the 2000 cohort), which accounts for 70% of the difference, but also to a higher rate of survival to the age of 65 years (80% in the 2015 cohort versus 74% in the 2000 cohort), which accounts for 22% of the difference. Greater longevity after the age of 65 plays a much smaller part, accounting for only 8% of the difference in total spending. Increased longevity has a larger role in nursing home expenditures than in Medicare expenditures. The 3% increase in life expectancy at Page 10 the age of 65 for the cohort of people born in 1950 is associated with less than a 1% increase in the simulated mean Medicare expenditure ($109,352 versus $108,361 for the cohort of people born in 1935) but with a 6% increase in the mean expenditure for nursing home care ($46,168 versus $43,613). Persons 85 years of age or older (“the oldest old”) are projected to represent an increasing proportion of the elderly population. Of the persons turning 65 in 2000, 44% will survive to the age of 85 years and expenditures for their care will account for 60% of total spending for the cohort. Of the persons turning 65 in 2015, 47% will survive to the age of 85 years. Expenditures for this group will account for 63% of total spending. Changes in the financing and delivery of acute- and long-term care may alter spending patterns and levels. The proportion of Medicare beneficiaries who are enrolled in HMOs is growing. Payments based on risk-adjusted capitation and other changes in payment are likely. New approaches to the provision of long-term care that emphasize community-based services may reduce the use of nursing home and hospital care, although there is no evidence that in the aggregate such changes will reduce total expenditures for long-term care. Shifts in the location of care without a reduction in costs would likely have a greater effect on the distribution of payments among insurers than on actual spending levels. A greater shifting of costs to elderly persons and their families is also possible. SUPPLY Many types of in-home care services and new kinds of senior housing with a wide range of costs and services are emerging to meet the needs of America's aging population. Defining the different types of housing options can be difficult since there are many types and variations that can vary from facility to facility, and since many residences offer more than one type of housing or care. Over the past decade, consumers have pushed for a continuum of care that would allow them to remain in their homes or senior communities for as long as possible rather than automatically move to a medical setting when their disabilities increase. At the same time, the success of the consumerdriven approach of assisted living has caused other housing and care providers to rethink how to best serve their residents. As a result, the distinct lines that once separated independent living, assisted living and other models have become blurred as each segment has expanded, causing some overlapping of services. Page 11 The definitions below should be considered a general guide to the types of housing options seniors may find. Home and Day Care Services If an individual needs assistance, a combination of health and social services may allow the older person to continue living at home if desired. The home can be physically adapted with a variety of helpful features to make it more accessible. Home health aides can help with daily activities such as medication, bathing and dressing. Homemaker services can help with housekeeping, cooking, and home and yard maintenance. Meals on Wheels and other groups may deliver low cost, nutritious lunches to homebound elders. Visiting nurses, medical laboratories, and occupational and physical therapists can provide in-home medical services. Many cities have adult day care programs where seniors can spend daytime hours socializing to relieve the individual's primary caregiver. Many of these programs are designed for seniors in relatively good health but with cognitive or mental difficulties. These programs are often nonprofit and low cost but often have waiting lists. Local support groups for specific illnesses, community organizations and agencies are a good source for finding other appropriate care and support services. Retirement Communities There are many types of retirement communities to choose from and they vary greatly in services offered, scope and price. The communities range from lushly landscaped, country-club style condominium developments in a suburb to senior apartments in a bustling urban area. Traditional retirement communities, sometimes called active adult communities, restrict admission to adults above a certain age and offer security, recreational facilities, planned activities and perhaps communal dining and housekeeping. Planned adult communities can be open to renters, or offer condominiums or homes for purchase. Medical services are not included, but are generally located nearby. Senior apartment complexes, also called congregate housing, generally charge a monthly rental fee and security deposit for services such as transportation, activities and meals. Some are under federal housing guidelines and only accept low income seniors, but most are privately owned. Continuing Care Retirement Communities A continuing care retirement community (CCRC), or life care community, provides housing and health-related services to an older person under an agreement effective for the person's lifetime or a specified period of time. This living alternative can be attractive since it eliminates the need for moving when the individual's health and medical needs change. An essential part of continuing care is the provision that a resident can stay in the community even if he or she needs skilled nursing services. Some CCRCs require a substantial entry fee or buy-in, which may be forfeited if the person dies or decides to leave. Most also charge monthly maintenance fees in exchange for a living unit, meals and some health services. Both types of fees vary greatly among CCRCs, depending on location, size of the unit, services and programs. Page 12 CCRCs typically require that the individual be in relatively good health and independent upon entrance. Those with serious illnesses or limited financial resources may not qualify for admission to this type of community. Assisted Living Assisted living is a type of licensed care that provides personal care services, support and housing for those who need help with daily activities, yet need limited medical care. Assisted living can be in an independent facility or part of a retirement, continuing care or life care community. The programs and services offered may include transportation, social activities, exercise and fitness programs, beauty or barber shop access, hobby and craft activities, community excursions, meals in a dining room setting and other activities sought by residents. These facilities are often in apartment-like buildings with private residences ranging from single rooms to large apartments. Rooms may be at least partially furnished with the resident's belongings. Although assisted living facilities are not licensed to perform skilled nursing activities, residents can sometimes receive skilled nursing care from outside licensed home health agencies that come in on a daily or weekly basis. Alzheimer's Facilities An increasing number of facilities are focusing on the needs of people with Alzheimer's or other dementia-related illnesses. These facilities may be exclusively dedicated to or have special sections or areas for elderly residents with these conditions. Typically, Alzheimer's facilities offer a secured environment, a high ratio of staff to residents and special activity programs designed for those with limited attention spans. Other services may include incontinence care, medication management and transportation to medical appointments. Alzheimer’s facilities may be licensed as either assisted living or skilled nursing. Skilled Nursing Facilities A skilled nursing facility is state-licensed to provide room and board, nursing care, supervision and medical care. These facilities are also referred to as convalescent homes, rehabilitation homes or hospitals, and nursing homes. They provide the type of extended nursing care not given in assisted living or residential care homes. Skilled nursing facilities, at a minimum, include skilled nursing, dietary and pharmaceutical services, and an activity program. Skilled nursing facilities provide three levels of care, defined as basic, skilled and subacute. Basic care is the level of care required to maintain daily living activities and includes personal care and supervision. Skilled care is for residents needing the services of a registered nurse or other medical professional on a regular basis, for treatments and procedures. Subacute care is comprehensive inpatient care for someone who has an acute illness or injury and requires frequent patient assessment. Facilities usually bill for two types of charges. There are standard daily rates for room, care and some nursing services, and extra charges for any services not included in the basic rate such as therapies, pharmacy, wheelchairs, dental care, hand feeding or care for incontinence. Skilled nursing facilities are generally the most expensive senior housing option. Thus, financial planning is critical since private insurance, Page 13 Medicaid and Medicare have only limited provisions for skilled nursing care. A skilled nursing facility may be the best and only alternative when an individual needs 24-hour nursing care and supervision. The following tables summarize the national inventory of senior housing/care properties: SENIOR HOUSING PROPERTIES WITH SUPPORTIVE SERVICES IN THE U.S. Type of Property Freestanding Congregate Care Freestanding Assisted Living (30+ units) Freestanding Assisted Living (1 to 29 units) Freestanding Skilled Nursing CCRC Properties Combining Assisted and Congregate Properties Combining Assisted and Skilled Nursing Total Properties Properties 3,214 3,781 19,333 15,640 1,900 850 1,413 46,131 Source: NIC National Supply Estimate of Senior Housing & Care Properties 2000 SUPPLY OF SENIOR HOUSING UNITS/BEDS WITH SUPPORTIVE SERVICES IN THE U.S. Type of Property Properties Congregate Care 705,376 Assisted Living 585,735 Skilled Nursing (Beds) 1,928,714 Total Properties 3,219,825 Source: NIC National Supply Estimate of Senior Housing & Care Properties 2000 NEW CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY The American Seniors Housing Association and the National Investment Center for the Seniors Housing & Care Industry identified a total of 2,060,000 existing units in the 100 largest metropolitan areas of the country, and of those, 29,708 senior apartments, assisted living units, independent living units, dementia care units and nursing care units are under construction. The 2010 report identified 233 new or expanding senior housing properties under construction containing 29,708 units/beds. These numbers reflect construction activity within freestanding, combined and continuing care retirement community (CCRC) properties. The senior properties tracked include a small number of Page 14 HUD Section 202 properties and other types of affordable properties, in addition to market rate rental senior apartments. The number of senior housing properties under construction in 2010 (233) is less than was being constructed in 2009 (420) and lower than the survey’s peak year (1998) in which 614 senior housing units were reported to be under construction. There are 9,265 new senior apartment units under construction in the 100 largest metropolitan areas. Including the units in expansions to existing properties, senior apartments account for 31% of all senior housing units under construction. There are 7,067 new independent living units under construction in the 100 largest metropolitan areas. Including the units in expansions to existing properties, independent living units account for 24% of all senior housing units under construction. There are 5,437 new assisted living units under construction in the 100 largest metropolitan areas. Including the units in expansions to existing properties, assisted living units account for 18% of all senior housing units under construction. There are 2,374 new dementia care units under construction in the 100 largest metropolitan areas. Including the units in expansions to existing properties, dementia care units account for 8% of all senior housing units under construction. Data collected in 2010 reveals that senior apartment units represent 31% of the total national sample of seniors housing units under construction, followed by independent living units (24%), assisted living units (18%) and dementia care units (8%). The balance is comprised of nursing care units (19%). Page 15 The following graph illustrates the total units under construction by property type in 2010: Total Units Under Construction by Property Type 10,000 9,000 8,000 7,000 6,000 5,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 0 Senior Apartment Independent Assisted Living Dementia Care Living Source: 2010 Seniors Housing Construction Trends Report NEW CONSTRUCTION BY CITY Dallas is the top metro area in terms of the number of units being built (2,328). New York ranks second (2,018), followed by San Francisco (1,986), Chicago (1,692) and Los Angeles (1,234). These five metro areas represent 31% of all senior housing units reported under construction as of March 2010. New York and Dallas had the greatest number of projects (new and expansions) under construction with 19 each, followed by Chicago (16), Los Angeles (13) and Philadelphia (12). Page 16 New Construction in Top Metro Areas 2,500 2,000 1,500 1,000 500 0 Dallas New York San Francisco Chicago Los Angeles Source: 2010 Seniors Housing Construction Trends Report Independent Living The metro area with the largest number of existing independent living units is Philadelphia, with 27,423 units, followed by Chicago (24,392), Los Angeles (17,109), New York (15,779) and Washington (15,579). The metro area with the highest percentage of independent living construction to existing supply is Ogden, Utah (114.5%), followed by Raleigh, North Carolina (25.5%), Austin (9.6%), San Antonio (7.8%) and San Diego (5.7%). All Assisted Living The metro area with the largest number of existing assisted living units is New York, with 18,092 units, followed by Los Angeles (16,419), Chicago (8,577), Portland, Oregon (7,928) and Boston (7,614). The metro area with the highest percentage of assisted living construction to existing supply is Boise (21.3%), followed by Lakeland, Florida (18.8%), Nashville (15.0%) and Memphis (14.2%). PAYORS Residents and/or their families generally pay for the cost of congregate and assisted living services, whereas skilled nursing facilities rely heavily on governmental reimbursements. Some states provide for reimbursement of assisted living through a variety of funding programs, such as Medicaid waiver programs. Medicaid coverage is common (37 state Medicaid programs currently cover assisted Page 17 living), but participation is not. As opposed to congregate and assisted living, 70.0% to 75.0% of revenue for skilled nursing facilities is derived from Medicaid. The following table illustrates the distribution of residents’ annual household income by care segment: ANNUAL HOUSEHOLD INCOME BY SEGMENT Home Independent Assisted Skilled General Care Living Living Nursing Income Income of Resident: <$25,000 $25,000 to $74,999 >$75,000 Total Worth of Resident: <$50,000 $50,000 to $99,999 $100,000 to $299,999 $300,000 to $499,999 >$500,000 Total 72.5% 21.7% 5.7% 72.7% 25.5% 1.8% 68.8% 28.1% 3.1% 71.9% 24.6% 3.5% 80.2% 16.5% 3.3% 73.3% 22.1% 4.5% 40.6% 27.0% 20.6% 4.2% 7.7% 50.8% 19.4% 20.2% 4.8% 4.8% 53.1% 12.5% 15.6% 15.6% 3.1% 45.5% 12.7% 23.6% 5.5% 12.8% 62.4% 14.0% 18.3% 2.2% 3.3% 45.4% 22.9% 20.3% 4.6% 6.9% Source: NIC National Survey of Adult Children 2000 Wealthier households are more likely to receive home care or live in independent living or assisted living communities compared to lower income households, which are more likely found in skilled nursing facilities. Overall, 73% of residents have annual household income of less than $25,000, 22.1% had income between $25,000 and $74,999, and 4.5% had an income of $75,000 or more. TENNESSEE ASSISTED LIVING OVERVIEW The Department of Health, Division of Care Facilities licenses assisted living facilities (referred to as assisted care living facilities) in Tennessee. The regulations have been in effect since April 1998. Major revisions to the rules became effective in May 2009, marking the first significant change in regulations for assisted care living facilities. Page 18 The Long-Term Care Community Choices Act of 2008 changed the way facilities operate and are regulated. Signed into law in June 2008, the act allows assisted living facilities to care for residents with greater healthcare needs and clarifies that hospice service can be provided in such facilities. An assisted care living facility is a building, establishment, complex or distinct part thereof that accepts primarily aged persons for domiciliary care and services. Included in the on-site care provided, there is also room and board, non-medical assistance with activities of daily living (ADLs) and medical services, as prescribed by each resident’s physician. The residence must have an accurately written statement about the fees and services that are provided to the resident upon admission and provide a copy of the resident’s rights for the resident to review and sign. Each facility must also disclose in writing to the resident whether it has liability insurance the identity of the primary insurance carrier. SCOPE OF CARE Assisted care living facilities must provide personal care services, and appropriately licensed or qualified staff or contractors at these facilities may provide medical services and oversight of medical services. Medical services may also be provided by a licensed home care organization, appropriately licensed staff of a nursing home, or another appropriately licensed entity. Medication must be selfadministered or administered by a licensed professional. Facilities are permitted to assist residents with medication, including reading labels, reminders and observation. MOVE-IN/MOVE-OUT REQUIREMENTS Facilities are required to assess prospective residents before they move in to make sure they meet the definition of an assisted living facility resident. The written assessment must be completed within 72 hours of admission. Regular assessments must be completed to ensure that residents do not need a higher level of care. Residents in secured units must be reviewed quarterly by an interdisciplinary team. Page 19 If an individual or facility is no longer able to care for the individual’s conditions, he or she must be transferred to an appropriate setting. Also unpermitted from admission or continued residency are those with the following characteristics: • Physical or chemical restraints. • Posing a serious threat to self or others. • Arterial blood gas monitoring. • Requires continuous nursing care. • Has an active, infectious disease in a communicable state that requires contact isolation. • The treatment of extensive Stage III or IV decubitis ulcer or exfoliative dermatitis. Those with nasopharyngeal or tracheotomy aspiration, nasogastric feedings, gastrostomy feedings, or intravenous therapy or intravenous feedings may not be admitted, but if the individual is already a resident, a facility may allow him or her to remain for up to 21 days. If such treatments are intermittent and extend beyond 21 days, there may be two additional 21-day extensions granted by the facility, with certification from the resident’s treating physician that the individual’s intermittent need for such treatment can be safely and effectively met by care provided in the facility. The continued stay of existing residents who require the aforementioned treatments on an ongoing basis are not permitted to remain in the facility, unless the resident is receiving hospice care or does not qualify for a nursing facility level of care. In the latter case, the Board for Licensing Health Care Facilities may grant a waiver allowing the person to remain in the facility. Residents who require the aforementioned treatments, but do not need the assistance of facility personnel or licensed entities, may be admitted or permitted to continue as a resident in an assisted living facility (and subject to the limitations already outlined). FACILITY REQUIREMENTS A maximum of two residents is allowed per unit. At least 80 square feet must be provided per resident. Living room and dining areas that can accommodate all residents must be provided, with at least 15 square feet per resident per dining area. One toilet, lavatory, bath and shower is required for every six residents. All facilities are subject to the regulations of the Americans with Disabilities Act. Page 20 All new facilities must conform to the current editions of the Standard Building Code, the National Electric Code, the National Fire Protection Code of the National Fire Protection Association, and the U.S. Public Health Service Food Code, as regulated by the Board for Licensing Health Care Facilities. When there is conflict between requirements of these codes and local codes, the most stringent requirements supersede any others. Regarding Alzheimer’s unit requirements, facilities in Tennessee are permitted to have secured units housing residents up to the last stages of the disease, consistent with admission/discharge criteria. Staff in facilities with secured units must be surveyed in order to gather specific information and documentation accumulated during the previous 12 months regarding staffing patterns, care provided and other health-related issues. STAFFING REQUIREMENTS An administrator, an identified responsible attendant and a sufficient number of staff must be employed to meet the needs of residents, including any medical services prescribed. A licensed nurse must be available as needed. A qualified dietician must be employed by each facility, whether full time, part time, or on a consulting basis. The responsible attendant, administrator and direct care staff must be at least 18 years of age. Administrators must hold a high school diploma or equivalent. Administrators must be without conviction of a criminal offense involving the abuse or intentional neglect of the elderly or other vulnerable individual. Additionally, an administrator must be certified by the Board for Licensing Health Care Facilities, unless the administrator is currently licensed in Tennessee as a nursing home administrator as required by T.C.A. 63-16-101. Regarding continuing education, administrators must complete 24 hours every two years in courses related to Tennessee rules and regulations, nutrition and food service, healthcare management, financial management and healthy lifestyles. Any staff working in a secured unit must have annual in-service training, including at least the following subject areas: Page 21 • Basic facts about the causes, progression and management of Alzheimer’s disease and related disorders. • Identifying and alleviating safety risks to the resident. • Communication with families and others persons interested in the resident. • Providing assistance with ADLs for the resident. • Dealing with dysfunctional behavior and catastrophic reactions in the residents. MEDICAID POLICY AND REIMBURSEMENT Tennessee has both a state-only funded and a Medicaid-funded Home and Community-Based Services (HCB) Waiver program. Medicaid long-term care services, both HCB and nursing facility care, are provided under a managed care program called CHOICES. Assisted care living facility services, with the exception of room and board, are included in CHOICES. Facilities may also provide respite care to eligible individuals. REGIONAL ANALYSIS The subject property is located in Ashland City, a town in Cheatham County, Tennessee. The town serves as seat of Cheatham County, the third-fastest growing county in the state. The county has a 2011 total population of approximately 40,455 residents. Cheatham County is located in north central Tennessee, directly west of Davidson County, which is a joint legal entity with the city of Nashville. Chatham County is considered part of the Nashville-Davidson-Murfreesboro-Franklin Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA), which includes 13 middle Tennessee counties. The subject is located approximately 3.4 miles west of the county/city limits of Davidson County/Nashville and 13.5 miles northwest of the downtown section of Nashville, the core area of the MSA. Ashland City is characterized as a bedroom community for Nashville and the greater Davidson County Area. This is primarily due to the accessibility to the larger metro area. Highway 12 South (Ashland City Highway) provides direct access from Ashland City to downtown Nashville. The Ashland City area is more rural and undeveloped in comparison to other Nashville bedroom communities. The manufacturing industry represents the primary employment source in Cheatham County, with several Page 22 industrial sites located southeast of the subject along Highway 12 South. However, nearly 60.0% of Cheatham County residents still commute to the Nashville area for employment. The town of Ashland City has a 2011 total population of only 4,931 residents, but a significant portion of the population within Cheatham County is located just outside or in proximity to the town limits of Ashland City. Page 23 DEMOGRAPHICS Population Growth 2000 2011 Census Estimate Total Population Ashland City Cheatham County United States 65+ Population Ashland City Cheatham County United States 65+ Population, as a % of Total Ashland City Cheatham County United States 75+ Population Ashland City Cheatham County United States 75+ Population, as a % of Total Ashland City Cheatham County United States 85+ Population Ashland City Cheatham County United States 85+ Population, as a % of Total Ashland City Cheatham County United States Ashland City Cheatham County United States Ashland City Cheatham County United States Ashland City Cheatham County United States Ashland City Cheatham County United States Ashland City Cheatham County United States Source: Claritas, Inc. % Change 2016 Projection 3,641 35,912 281,421,906 4,931 40,455 310,650,750 35.4% 5,330 12.7% 42,216 10.4% 323,031,618 478 3,085 34,991,753 Population 13.1% 8.6% 12.4% 657 4,651 41,346,659 37.4% 50.8% 18.2% 244 1,245 16,600,767 Population 6.7% 3.5% 5.9% 349 1,883 19,087,926 13.3% 11.5% 13.3% 7.1% 4.7% 6.1% N/A N/A N/A 43.0% 51.2% 15.0% N/A N/A N/A 86 128 48.8% 353 502 42.2% 4,239,587 5,846,730 37.9% Population 2.4% 2.6% N/A 1.0% 1.2% N/A 1.5% 1.9% N/A Households 1,416 1,913 35.1% 12,878 14,729 14.4% 105,480,101 116,862,390 10.8% Household S ize 2.57 2.58 0.2% 2.79 2.75 -1.5% 2.67 2.66 -0.4% Percentage of Homeowners 60.7% 58.4% -3.8% 83.7% 79.9% -4.4% 66.2% 66.4% 0.3% Median Household Income $35,193 $40,920 16.3% $45,828 $52,422 14.4% $42,729 $49,726 16.4% Median Home Value $86,926 $123,112 41.6% $105,552 $155,241 47.1% $112,467 $172,751 53.6% 796 5,897 47,902,230 14.9% 14.0% 14.8% 375 2,238 20,546,648 7.0% 5.3% 6.4% % Change 8.1% 4.4% 4.0% 21.2% 26.8% 15.9% N/A N/A N/A 7.4% 18.9% 7.6% N/A N/A N/A 135 612 6,546,281 2.5% 1.4% 2.0% 5.5% 21.9% 12.0% N/A N/A N/A 2,086 15,420 121,514,895 9.0% 4.7% 4.0% 2.56 2.74 2.66 -0.9% -0.3% 0.0% 58.5% 79.9% 66.4% 0.1% -0.1% 0.0% $41,541 $53,320 $51,097 1.5% 1.7% 2.8% $135,313 $174,205 $189,669 9.9% 12.2% 9.8% Page 24 GENERAL POPULATION Between 2000 and 2011, the population in the U.S. grew 10.4% and is expected to grow 4.0% over the next five years. From 2000 to 2011, the population in Cheatham County grew 12.7% and is expected to grow 4.4% over the next five years. During the same period, the population in Ashland City grew 35.4% and is expected to grow 8.1% over the next five years. Over the next five years, the general population is projected to increase by 399 in Ashland City and increase by 1,761 in Cheatham County. AGE 75 AND OVER POPULATION Between 2000 and 2011, the 75 and older population in the U.S. grew 15.0% and is expected to grow 7.6% over the next five years. From 2000 to 2011, the 75 and older population in Cheatham County grew 51.2% and is expected to grow 18.9% over the next five years. During the same period, the 75 and older population in Ashland City grew 43.0% and is expected to grow 7.4% over the next five years. However, in aggregate, this represents an increase of only 26 residents. Over the next five years, the 75 and older population is projected to increase by 355 in Cheatham County. AGE 85 AND OVER POPULATION Between 2000 and 2011, the 85 and older population in the U.S. grew 37.9% and is expected to grow 12.0% over the next five years. From 2000 to 2011, the 85 and older population in Cheatham County grew 42.2% and is expected to grow 21.9% over the next five years. During the same period, the 85 and older population in Ashland City grew 48.8% and is expected to grow 5.5% over the next five years. However, in aggregate, this represents an increase of only seven residents. Over the next five years, the 85 and older population is projected to increase by 110 in Cheatham County. HOUSEHOLDS Between 2000 and 2011, the households in the U.S. grew 10.8% and are expected to grow 4.0% over the next five years. From 2000 to 2011, the number of households in Cheatham County grew 14.4% and is expected to grow 4.7% over the next five years. During the same period, the number of households in Ashland City grew 35.1% and is expected to grow 9.0% over the next five years. Over the next five years, the number of households is projected to increase by 173 in Ashland City and increase by 691 in Cheatham County. Page 25 HOUSEHOLD SIZE Between 2000 and 2011, the household size in the U.S. declined 0.4% and is expected to remain unchanged over the next five years. From 2000 to 2011, the household size in Cheatham County declined 1.5% and is expected to decline 0.3% over the next five years. During the same period, the household size in Ashland City grew 0.2% and is expected to decline 0.9% over the next five years. PERCENTAGE OF OWNERS Between 2000 and 2011, the percentage of homeowners in the U.S. grew 0.3% and is expected to remain unchanged over the next five years. From 2000 to 2011, the percentage of homeowners in Cheatham County declined 4.4% and is expected to remain unchanged over the next five years. During the same period, the percentage of homeowners in Ashland City declined 3.8% and is expected to remain relatively unchanged over the next five years. MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME Between 2000 and 2011, the median household income in the U.S. grew 16.4% and is expected to grow 2.8% over the next five years. From 2000 to 2011, the median household income in Cheatham County grew 14.4% and is expected to grow 1.7% over the next five years. During the same period, the median household income in Ashland City grew 16.3% and is expected to grow 1.5% over the next five years. The median household income in Ashland City is lower than both the medians for Cheatham County and the United States. MEDIAN HOME VALUE Between 2000 and 2011, the median home value in the U.S. grew 53.6% and is expected to grow 9.8% over the next five years. From 2000 to 2011, the median home value in Cheatham County grew 47.1% and is expected to grow 12.2% over the next five years. During the same period, the median home value in Ashland City grew 41.6% and is expected to grow 9.9% over the next five years. The median home value in Ashland City is lower than both the median for Cheatham County and the United States. Page 26 EMPLOYMENT According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the Cheatham County labor force decreased from 21,198 in 2007 to 20,669 in 2010. During that same time, the unemployment rate in Cheatham County changed from 3.7% in 2007 to 5.2% in 2008, 9.4% in 2009 and 9.0% in 2010. As previously mentioned, approximately 60.0% of Cheatham County residents commute outside of the county (predominantly to Davidson County/Nashville) for employment. Therefore, the unemployment rate for Davidson is also relevant to this analysis. In 2010, the unemployment rate in Davidson County was 8.8%. In 2010, the national unemployment rate (9.6%) was higher than both the unemployment rates for Cheatham (9.0%) and Davidson (8.8%) counties. The following table summarizes the labor force and unemployment data for Cheatham County: Historical Labor Force and Unemployment Data Year 2010 2009 2008 County Labor Force 20,669 20,284 20,472 County Unemployment Rate 9.0% 9.4% 5.2% National Unemployment Rate 9.7% 9.3% 5.8% 2007 21,198 3.7% 4.6% Although central Tennessee is still in the process of recovering from the national recession that resulted in high unemployment levels, current employment statistics for the area indicate that employment status in Cheatham and Davidson counties are improving. The most recent published (July 2011) unemployment rate for Cheatham County was 8.5%, which is less than the rate (9.0%) for 2010. In addition, the unemployment rate for Davidson County is only 8.5%, which is also less than the county’s 2010 estimate. Both of these estimates are less than the national unemployment rate (9.1%) for the same period. This data is an indication that the economy and the employment situation in central Tennessee are improving. Page 27 The largest employers of Cheatham County are summarized in the following table: Employer A.O. Smith Triton Boats LP Trinity Marine Homax Gate Precast Inc. EMPLOYERS Number of Employees 1,200 400 350 180 130 Industry Water heaters Boat building Barge manufactures Home improvement products Precast concrete panels Source: Cheatham County Economic and Community Development Cheatham County has access to a significant number of large employers in the Davidson County/Nashville area. The following table presents the employment by industry in Cheatham County, Tennessee, compared to the U.S. total: Employment By Indus try Industry U.S. Total Agriculture, forestry, fis hing and hunting 1.08% Mining, quarrying, and oil and gas extraction 0.61% Utilities 0.52% Cons truction 5.17% Manufacturing 10.82% W holesale trade 5.15% Retail trade 13.63% Trans portation and warehousing 3.71% Information 2.55% Finance and ins urance 2.32% Real estate and rental and leasing 15.25% Profess ional and technical services 1.79% Management of companies and enterprises 5.17% Administrative and waste services 1.80% Educational s ervices 7.02% Health care and s ocial as sis tance 1.75% Arts , entertainment and recreation 6.96% Accommodation and food s ervices 10.45% Other s ervices, except public administration 4.10% Unclass ified 0.15% Total, all indus tries 100.00% Cheatham County ND ND ND ND 36.22% ND 13.29% 6.86% 0.44% ND ND 1.61% 2.43% 0.97% ND ND 6.46% 8.59% 1.37% NC 100.00% Source: BLS.gov 2010 Dat a (NC) Not Calculable, t he dat a does not exist or it is zero (ND) Not Disclosable Page 28 As a percentage of total employment, Cheatham County has a substantially greater manufacturing base (36.22%) than the U.S. (10.82%). HOUSING There is a variety of housing available in Ashland City and the surrounding areas. The average median home prices are shown in the following table. The subject is located in zip code 37015. Community Ashland City White Bluff Pegram Kingston Springs Pleasant View Nashville Nashville Zip Code 37015 37187 37143 37082 37146 37218 37221 Change From Change From Median Home Price Previous Year Previous Quarter $108,900 -10.5% -1.1% $113,600 -3.7% 2.1% $146,200 -12.5% 1.8% $151,900 -11.1% 1.1% $154,000 -5.3% 0.8% $91,700 -4.4% 2.1% $187,300 -6.5% 1.7% S o urc e : Zillo w.c o m The most significant real estate development within Ashland City in recent years was the construction of Braxton Condominiums and Marina three years ago. The condominium contains two high-rise buildings, both containing 200 units and which represent the first high-end waterfront development in Ashland City. However, the opening (2008) of the development coincided with the decline in the national and local housing market. This factor, combined with fraudulent activities committed by the community’s developer, resulted in eventual default on the project’s loan. In May 2011, Bank of America and PNC Bank purchased the development at auction for approximately 25.0% ($19 million) of the cost to construct ($75 million) the community. The bank has since reopened the sales office. Given that the units are of high quality construction, combined with reduced sales prices, it is anticipated that the bank will eventually sell out the development. The difficulty experienced by this condominium development does not reflect the current condition of the Ashland City housing market, which displays some indications of stabilizing. According to information provided by Movoto.com, there are currently 133 residential home sales in September 2011 in the Ashland City area. This estimate is 17.0% less than the comparable estimate for September Page 29 2010. This reflects that 274 residential homes have sold in 2011 or are under contract to sell. In addition, homes are typically on the market for only 94 days. These findings indicate that homes are selling in the Ashland City area. In addition, based on the data in the following chart, home sale prices appear to be stabilizing: The median housing value for the third quarter of 2011 is slightly less than $140,000, which is similar to the median housing values for the periods prior to the decline in the local housing market in late 2008. While the decline in the housing market is the primary reason for the condominium not selling out, the poor management of the previous developer also contributed to this situation. TRANSPORTATION Ashland City and Cheatham County residents have access to good transportation linkages to surrounding areas. The proposed subject site has frontage on Highway 12 South (Ashland City Highway), which offers direct access southeast to Nashville. Cheatham County is served by three Page 30 exits off of U.S. Interstate 24, the closest of which is located approximately 10.6 miles northwest of the subject. U.S. Interstate 24 provides access northwest into Clarksville and southeast to Nashville. U.S. Interstate 40 is located approximately 11.8 miles south of the subject in southern Cheatham County. From this location, the highway provides access northeast to Nashville and southwest to Memphis, Tennessee. Rail transportation is provided to Ashland City industry by The Nashville & Western Railroad Corp., a division of The Nashville & Eastern Railroad Corp. Passenger airline transportation is provided by Nashville International Airport, located 19 miles southeast of the subject. EDUCATION The city is served by the Cheatham County School District, operating six elementary schools, three middle schools and three high schools. Colleges and universities within proximity to the subject include American Baptist College, Aquinas College, Austin Peay State University, Belmont University, David Lipscomb University, Fisk University, Nashville State Technical Community College, Tennessee State University and Vanderbilt University. HEALTHCARE HOSPITALS The following is a summary of acute-care hospitals within a 15-mile radius of the subject: Centennial Medical Center at Ashland City is designated as a Critical Access Hospital (CAH) through a federal program designed to ensure rural populations have access to local hospital care. Under CAH, Centennial Medical Center at Ashland City offers 12 inpatient beds to treat patients with non-life threatening illnesses, diagnostic services and 24-hour emergency care. Page 31 Facility Centennial Medical Center at Ashland City Saint Thomas Hospital Centennial Medical Center Nashville General Hospital at Meharry Vanderbilt University Hospital Baptist Hospital Total Beds 12 490 580 114 633 450 2,279 Approximate Distance from Subject (Miles) 2.6 12.5 13.6 13.8 14.1 14.9 Source: www.ahd.com Diagnostic services include a full service laboratory, medical imaging, digital radiology, endoscopy, CT scanning, ultrasound and mammography. The hospital also contains a blood bank and offers outpatient infusion services. Given the limited nature of a CAH, Cheatham County residents are required to travel outside of the area if they require significant acute-care medical and surgical services. The closest acute-care hospital to the subject is Saint Thomas Hospital in Nashville. Saint Thomas Hospital is a 490-bed facility that provides adult specialty healthcare to the residents of Middle Tennessee. The hospital is part of Saint Thomas’ regional health system, which consists of five hospitals: Baptist and Saint Thomas Hospitals, the Center for Spinal Surgery in Nashville, Middle Tennessee Medical Center in Murfreesboro and Hickman Community Hospital in Centerville. Saint Thomas Hospital offers acute-, critical and specialty care with 1,700 associates, 750 affiliated physicians, 21,388 total admissions per year and 32,000 ER visits per year. Distinctive services at Saint Thomas Hospital include nationally-recognized cardiac services from more than 60 specialists of Saint Thomas Heart, cardiothoracic surgery, accredited heart failure unit, accredited chest pain center and emergency services department, critical and special care, ambulatory and outpatient surgery, diabetes center, general medicine, general surgery, Maria Nathanson Center for Excellence for Renal, Pulmonary and Gastroenterology Disorders, mental health care unit, nephrology, transplantation department - cardiac and kidney, accredited stroke center, outpatient neurosurgery center and more. Page 32 In addition, Ashland City residents have good access to Vanderbilt University Hospital (VUH). VUH is located 14.1 miles southeast of the subject and is part of the greater Vanderbilt University Medical Center (VUMC). VUH is a 633-bed acute-care teaching hospital that is supported by research-based medical and nursing schools. It delivers routine outpatient and inpatient care as well as highly specialized medical and surgical procedures. The hospital is the area’s only Level I Trauma Center. In addition to VUH, VUMC includes Monroe Carell Jr. Children’s Hospital, The Vanderbilt Clinic, The Vanderbilt-Ingram Cancer Center, The Psychiatric Hospital of Vanderbilt, Vanderbilt Stallworth Rehabilitation Hospital, Nashville Veterans’ Administration Medical Center, The Vanderbilt School of Medicine, The Vanderbilt School of Nursing and other research and educational facilities. In 2010, the system accumulated more than 1.5 million patient visits and more than 53,000 patients were admitted to the Vanderbilt hospitals. VUH is consistently recognized as one of the nation’s top hospitals by organizations such as U.S. News & World Report and Reuters. SKILLED NURSING The following is a summary of skilled nursing facilities within proximity to the subject: Facility Hillcrest Healthcare Christian Care of Cheatham County Total Beds 95 80 175 Approximate Distance from Subject (Miles) 1.5 6.1 Source: medicare.gov HOME HEALTHCARE The following is a summary of home healthcare providers within proximity to the subject: HOME HEALTHCARE SERVICES PROVIDERS Homewatch CareGivers Intrepid Healthcare Services Suncrest Home Health Page 33 The healthcare and alternative housing options listed above do not significantly compete with the subject. Home health providers are Medicare certified agencies that have met federal minimum requirements for patient care and management and therefore, can provide Medicare and Medicaid home health services. Individuals requiring skilled home care services usually receive their care from a home health agency. Due to regulatory requirements, services provided by these agencies are highly supervised and controlled. Some agencies deliver a variety of home care services through physicians, nurses, therapists, social workers, homemakers and HCAs, durable medical equipment and supply dealers, and volunteers. Other home health agencies limit their services to nursing and one or two other specialties. For cases in which an individual requires care from more than one specialist, home health agencies coordinate a care-giving team to administer services that are comprehensive and efficient. Personnel are assigned according to the needs of each patient. Home health provides skilled nursing, physical therapy, occupational therapy, medical social work, speech/language pathology, respiratory therapy and personal care services, in accordance with a physician-authorized plan of care. Where only personal care services are delivered, unlicensed personnel may be utilized under the supervision of an RN and physician's orders are not required. Agencies may be licensed and certified (meet Medicare standards and must be utilized for this payor source) or licensed (meet state standards of care and may be utilized for other payor sources). An interview with local discharge coordinators revealed that discharged elderly patients typically return home to where they were before admission or are placed at a facility based on the patient’s needs. CONCLUSION Ashland City and Cheatham County are both projected to continue to experience increases in total and senior populations, as both areas continue to transition into suburban bedroom communities of Nashville. Ashland County is strengthened by its proximity to the Davidson County/Nashville area, which provides Ashland City residents with access to a significant number of large employers and residentially supportive commercial, healthcare and retail services. Overall, the above factors will result in increasing demand for assisted living and memory care assisted living services in the area. Page 34 NEIGHBORHOOD ANALYSIS Neighborhoods may be devoted to one or more uses such as residential, commercial, industrial, agricultural, and cultural and civic activities. Analysis of the neighborhood in which a particular property is located is important due to the fact that various economic, social, political and physical forces that affect a neighborhood also directly influence the individual properties within it. An analysis of these various factors as they affect the subject property is presented in the following discussion. The subject property will be located along the north side of Highway 12 South in the town of Ashland City, within Cheatham County, Tennessee. The subject’s site will share an access road (Vantage Pointe Road) with an existing multifamily apartment complex (VantagePointe Homes at Marrowbone Heights) that is owned by the developer of the subject. Highway 12 South is the primary east/west roadway through Ashland City and Chatham County and connects the area to the city of Nashville to the east. The subject’s immediate neighborhood contains a significant amount of undeveloped rolling land. The majority of development in the subject’s area is located along Highway 12 South. Given this factor, the subject’s neighborhood is defined as a one-mile radius from the subject. The following describes the land uses around the subject: North (Northwest) East (Northeast) — Sycamore Place Apartments, a multifamily apartment complex that was built in 2003 and is in good condition. — Vacant land to the south and VantagePointe Homes at Marrowbone Heights to the southeast. VantagePointe Homes at Marrowbone Heights is a multifamily apartment complex that was built in 2010 and is in excellent condition. The apartment complex is owned by the subject’s developer. — VantagePointe Homes at Marrowbone Heights and vacant land. West — Vacant land. South A large portion of the subject’s neighborhood includes rolling and vacant forest land. The area also contains some significant residential and commercial land uses. The subject is bordered to the north, east and southeast by multifamily apartment complexes. There are also clusters of single-family residential homes in average to good condition located southeast of the subject off of Little Page 35 Marrowbone Road and Williamsburg Road, respectively. In addition, a major shopping center is located approximately 0.4 miles northwest of the subject along Highway 12 South. This shopping center is anchored by a Walmart Supercenter. The subject is also located approximately two miles south of the downtown section of Ashland City, which is positioned along Highway 12 South. Immediately south of the subject’s neighborhood, the development along Highway 12 South transitions to commercial and industrial land uses. The subject and its surroundings are included in the following photograph: Subject Site Page 36 The neighborhood services and amenities map and table are presented below: Amenities and Services Amenity/Service Description Walmart Phamacy Pharmacy Bank of America Bank Ashland Senior Center Senior Services Centennial Medical Center at Ashland City Hospital Saint Thomas Hospital Hospital Vanderbilt University Hospital Hospital Nashville (Downtown) Major Employment Center Distance (in Miles) 0.5 1.9 2.6 3.1 12.5 14.1 13.5 Every neighborhood has a dynamic quality of its own. This quality can be described as the life cycle of the neighborhood. There are four stages that a neighborhood will typically encounter. These phases, in the order in which they typically appear, are defined below. Page 37 Growth – a period during which the neighborhood gains public favor and acceptance Stability – a period of equilibrium without marked gains or losses Decline – a period of diminishing demand Revitalization – a period of renewal, modernization and increasing demand The complementary land uses that comprise a neighborhood typically evolve around these four stages. These four stages describe the neighborhood in a general way and are not a specific guide to market trends. No set number of years is assigned to any of the cycles and a neighborhood can remain in a cycle for many years. The subject’s neighborhood is in the growth phase of its life cycle. This is evidenced by the development of the new multifamily apartment complex (VantagePointe Homes at Marrowbone Heights) adjacent to the subject. The subject’s area has experienced moderate increases in population in the last decade. This trend is projected to continue over the next five years as Ashland City continues to grow into a bedroom community of Nashville. A neighborhood is affected by social factors that determine why people reside and work in the area. Potential residents and workers are attracted or put off from a neighborhood based upon its status, physical environment, services, affordability, safety and convenience. The subject’s neighborhood is transitioning from a rural to suburban area and has a good mixture of land uses. The neighborhood has good linkage via major roadways and interconnecting interstates, which provide access to neighboring communities. The subject is located approximately 3.4 miles northwest from the county/city limits of Davidson County/Nashville, a major metropolitan area. The subject is also located approximately 13.5 miles northwest of the downtown section of Nashville. Ashland City is characterized as a developing bedroom community of Nashville. Economic considerations relate to the financial capacity of a neighborhood’s occupants. Some of these considerations include the ability of residents to rent or own property, the ability to adequately maintain property and the ability to make repairs or renovations to property as needed. Residential Page 38 housing in the neighborhood is single-family residential. Most improvements are in good condition and adequately maintained. There appear to be no adverse effects on the subject’s neighborhood due to economic conditions. Governmental considerations relate to the laws, regulations and taxes that are imposed on a neighborhood’s properties. The more desirable these attributes, the more desirable the neighborhood becomes. Real estate tax rates appear to be in line with neighboring communities, and do not pose as an adverse effect on the neighborhood. Regulations regarding zoning and land use are dictated by the Town of Ashland City. There appear to be no adverse effects on the neighborhood due to governmental considerations. The final consideration one must give to a neighborhood focuses on environmental issues. These consist of man-made or natural features of the neighborhood that include building sizes, neighborhood density, topographical features, adequacy of public utilities, and nuisances and hazards emanating from nearby properties. The subject’s neighborhood is composed of rolling terrain as is typical of this area. There appear to be no adverse effects on the neighborhood due to environmental considerations. In conclusion, the neighborhood provides adequate services and amenities needed to support a senior care facility. The neighborhood is transitioning from a rural to suburban area and the subject is within convenient proximity to neighborhood commercial services and medical centers. Overall, the subject neighborhood is a good location for a senior living facility. FACILITY OVERVIEW The subject is a proposed senior living community. The quality of construction will be good and the conditions of the improvements are assumed to be new. The following is a summary of room types and anticipated room rates by unit and accommodation type: Page 39 Facility Inventory and Monthly Rents Unit Type Assisted Living Studio Studio One-Bedroom Two-Bedroom Subtotal/Weighted Average Memory Care Size Units Beds Monthly Rents 404 458 632 749 531 16 18 20 6 60 16 18 20 6 60 $2,981 3,194 3,498 3,741 $3,293 Studio - Private Studio - Private Sub-Total Weighted Averge Total/Weighted Average 404 458 N/A N/A 10 10 20 80 10 10 20 80 5,019 5,323 $5,171 $3,763 The traditional and memory care assisted living units will include kitchenettes equipped with a small refrigerator, sink and microwave, wireless internet access, emergency response system, wall-to-wall carpeting, individually controlled heat and air-conditioning systems and private patios on select floor plans. Memory care assisted living units will also have passive motion detected “check-in” systems. Three of the assisted living two-bedroom units will be licensed to provide double occupancy (couples). Given this factor, the facility will have the licensed capacity for 86 residents although it is projected to operate only 80 beds. The traditional assisted living monthly rate will include three complete meals daily, housekeeping, scheduled transportation, utilities (excluding telephone and cable) and maintenance. Residents of traditional assisted living facilities who require more personal care assistance, based upon a resident assessment, can purchase additional levels of care. The above displayed rates are for the subject’s base level (Level I) of care. The subject will offer two additional levels of care for an extra monthly cost of approximately $300 for Level II and $450 for Level III. The memory care units will be located on the second floor of the building with secure access points for the protection and safety of the memory care residents. This area will have its own keypad entrances, a dining room and activity, exercise and recreational areas. The memory care assisted living unit monthly rate will include all of the services provided to traditional assisted living residents as well as personal assistance with Page 40 activities of daily living as needed, self-administered medication management and personal laundry services. The above displayed rates for the base level (Level I) of memory care assisted living services. The subject will offer a second level for an additional month fee of $300. The subject’s amenities will include, but will not be limited to, an on-site beauty salon, a library, resident lounges, social and activity areas, and exercise areas. MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW Since the successful operation of a going concern is dependent upon effective management, a perusal of facility management can provide an indication of the potential for growth or the risk of achieving budgeted cash flows. Professional management with a high level of experience and expertise can improve the stability of operations, reducing the risk associated with the assets. The subject facility will be developed, owned and managed by Ashland Heights, L.P. (the developer). The principals of the developer have up to 40 years of experience in developing and managing senior living facilities. The experience of the developer will contribute to the success of the subject. This includes the management and ownership of several other senior housing communities in the southern portion of the U.S. The principals are part of a regional partnership with Plantation South, which operates eight assisted living communities in Florida and three assisted living facilities in Georgia. In addition, the principals of the developer also own and operate two additional assisted living facilities (The Terrace at Grove Park and the Terrace at Priceville) in Alabama and have also developed and sold assisted living properties to larger senior housing developers such as Atria Senior Living. The principals of the developer are also in the process of developing two additional senior living facilities in Alabama. Page 41 SITE DESCRIPTION SITE CHARACTERISTICS Location — The subject site will be part of two existing parcels that are identified by the Cheatham Assessor as Parcels 062-013.04 and 062.013.05. Upon completion of the subject, a new parcel number will be assigned to the subject site as created from pieces of these parcels. A plat map is contained in the addendum. Access — The subject will share an access road with VantagePointe Homes at Marrowbone Heights, a multifamily apartment complex that is owned by the developer of the subject. The access road, which is known as Vantage Pointe Road, is positioned along the north side of Highway 12 South. Highway 12 South is a well-traveled two-lane divided highway. However, Vantage Pointe Road can be accessed from both sides of Highway 12 South. Visibility — The subject site will possess signage and excellent visibility along Highway 12 South. Frontage — The subject’s site will have approximately 355 feet of frontage along Highway 12 South. Size/Shape — The subject is 191,882 square feet (4.405 acres) and is irregular in shape. TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE The subject’s site slopes upward to the east, but drainage is assumed to be adequate. SOILS HAZARDS No information was received regarding the condition of the subsoils. No unusual soil conditions were reported by Management. No negative impact on property values due to soil conditions is assumed to exist. FLOOD ZONE The subject is located in Flood Zone X (community map and panel number 47021C0210C, effective December 9, 1999) and is located within a flood hazard area. Zone X is defined by FEMA as an area of moderate flood hazard, usually the area between the limits of the 100-year and 500-year floods. Zone X is also an area determined to be outside the 500-year flood and protected by levee from the 100-year flood. A FEMA flood map displaying the subject’s location is as follows: Page 42 Subject UTILITIES All typical city services exist and are available to the subject site, including sewer, water, gas, electricity, sanitation, and fire and police protection. ZONING According to the Ashland City Department of Codes and Building Safety, the proposed parcel is part of a Planned Unit Development (PUD). The PUD is specific to the proposed subject as well as the existing adjacent multifamily apartment complex (VantagePointe Homes at Marrowbone Heights). A copy of the PUD agreement is included in the addendum to this report. According to Michael Armstrong, the city’s Building and Coding Official, there are no specific zoning regulations or development restrictions for a PUD in Ashland City. All proposed uses and development Page 43 restrictions are plan specific and determined by the proposed developer. The town’s planning commission will review the specifics of the subject’s final development plan upon availability. Based on these factors, Mr. Armstrong indicated that the subject would be a legal, conforming use. Given that the subject’s site and building plans are still under development, no specific development characteristics were included in this report. EASEMENTS/ENCROACHMENTS/RESTRICTIONS A property profile of the subject property was not reviewed. It is assumed typical easements exist and provide for availability of utilities such as water, gas and electricity. The easements are deemed to be of the type normally found on a developed parcel and therefore do not adversely affect the marketability of the subject site. ASSESSMENT AND TAXES The subject site is currently not subject to real estate taxes as it is part of Parcel Numbers 062-013-04 and 05. According to the Cheatham County Property Appraiser, a new parcel number will be assigned to the subject site as created from portions of the two parcels. The Cheatham County Assessor stated that assessed values for land are equal to 25.0% market value. However, for commercial uses such as an assisted living facility, assessed value equates to 40.0% of market value. This property was last appraised/assessed in 2007. The next reassessment is scheduled for 2014. ESTIMATED ASSESSMENT AND TAXES In order to estimate taxes for the proposed subject facility, the assessed values of comparable properties have been compared. However, since there are no existing assisted living facilities in Cheatham County, three comparable assisted living facilities in Nashville/Davidson County were utilized in this analysis. Assisted living facilities in Davidson County are also assessed at 40% of market value. The following table details these findings: Page 44 Facility 1) The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Living 2) The Cumberland at Green Hills 3) Belmont Village Statistical Indications Minimum Maximum Mean Median Number of Beds 74 115 115 Size (SF) 43,012 206,367 103,784 Year Built 2002 2007 1999 Assessed Value $1,999,800 $7,063,520 $4,452,600 Assessments Per SF Per Unit $46.49 $27,024 $34.23 $61,422 $42.90 $38,718 74 115 101 115 43,012 206,367 117,721 103784 1999 2007 2003 2002 $1,999,800 $7,063,520 $4,505,307 $4,452,600 $34.23 $46.49 $41.00 $42.90 $27,024 $61,422 $42,388 $38,718 2011 assessed value The comparable assessments range from $34.23 to $46.49 per square foot with a mean of $41.00 per square foot. According to the Cheatham County Assessor, upon completion, the subject property will be appraised based on the estimated cost to construct the facility and will be assessed at 40%. The subject will be new construction, and an amount above the range is appropriate. Based on the size, age and locations of the comparable tax assessments, an assessment of $50 per square foot is reasonable. The 2010 tax rate is $3.25 per $100 of assessed value. A property tax estimate of $132,000 per year is utilized in the analysis. The following table presents the real estate tax estimate: Estimated Assessment and Tax Liability Total Square Footage 81,252 Est. Assessment Per Sq. Ft. $50 Estimated Assessment $4,062,600 Tax Rate Per $100 3.25 Estimated Real Estate Taxes $131,953 $132,000 Rounded IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION BUILDING Detailed building plans for the subject were available for review. The following is based on discussions with the developer. It is assumed that all information provided by the Developer is correct. Page 45 A detailed description of the subject is summarized below: GENERAL INFORMATION Quality of Construction expected to be good General Condition new Number of Stories 4 Size 81,252 square feet Date of Construction proposed GENERAL CONSTRUCTION Site Preparation general leveling and grading Foundation concrete slab Frame wood Exterior Walls stone Floors concrete slab on grade Roof hip-style wood roof with composition shingles FINISH CONSTRUCTION floor finishings will be a combination of carpet, ceramic tile and vinyl tile; interior walls and ceilings will be drywall MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT complete details on the mechanical systems are not yet available from the developer; the community will have two elevators, will be fully sprinklered and will contain an emergency generator; each resident unit will have individually controlled thermostats LAYOUT The subject will be an L-shaped building located along the western and northern borders of the subject site, with direct frontage on Highway 12 South. The building will include four stories, with the main entrance located along the east side of the building. The first floor of the building will include two dining areas, the main kitchen, a central lobby and vestibule, a library, resident lounges, social and activity areas, an exercise room, a beauty parlor, a limited number of non-memory care assisted living resident units, laundry facilities, administrative areas and mechanical rooms. The second floor will predominantly consist of resident units and supporting ancillary rooms as well as the memory care assisted living wing. The memory care assisted living wing will also consist of an activity area, dining Page 46 room and nurses’ station. The third and fourth floors will consist of non-memory care assisted living resident units and supporting ancillary rooms. A copy of the proposed site and floor plans is contained in the addendum. The subject will consist of the following type and number of rooms: Facility Inventory and Monthly Rents Size Units Beds Monthly Rents Assisted Living Studio Studio One-Bedroom Two-Bedroom Subtotal/Weighted Average Memory Care 404 458 632 749 531 16 18 20 6 60 16 18 20 6 60 $2,981 3,194 3,498 3,741 $3,293 Studio - Private Studio - Private Sub-Total Weighted Averge Total/Weighted Average 404 458 N/A N/A 10 10 20 80 10 10 20 80 5,019 5,323 $5,171 $3,763 Unit Type Three of the assisted living two-bedroom units will be licensed to provide double occupancy (couples). Given this factor, the facility will have the licensed capacity for 86 residents although it is projected to operate only 80 beds. SITE IMPROVEMENTS Parking will be positioned in the southeastern section of the site, directly east of the main portion of the subject’s improvements. The subject’s site will be improved with 60 parking spaces, including 16 covered parking spaces and three handicapped parking spaces. Other site improvements will include concrete walks, signage and mature landscaping surrounding the structure. Page 47 DEPRECIATION PHYSICAL Upon completion, the subject will be a newly constructed facility in good condition and will require no significant renovations or repairs other than routine maintenance in the near future. FUNCTIONAL The overall utility of the proposed design of the subject improvements is not expected to have functional obsolescence. ECONOMIC/EXTERNAL No adjacent land uses appear detrimental to the use of the subject. Elderly demographics indicate the potential for relatively stable future demand. No alternative use is suggested that would generate a higher net return to the land. INTANGIBLE AND OTHER ASSETS Intangible and other assets typical in a going concern include, but are not limited to, an assembled workforce, systems and procedures, medical records, noncompete agreements and other contracts, licenses, referral sources, CON, waiting lists, management and marketing plans. EQUIPMENT The equipment will be a normal complement of items (e.g., care supplies, resident furnishings, office, and residential washers and dryers, kitchen, dining and activities) necessary to serve an assisted living and memory care assisted living facility. A detailed inventory of the equipment is beyond the scope of this assignment. The equipment is expected to be of adequate quantity and quality to serve resident needs. Page 48 SUMMARY The subject improvements will comprise an assisted living facility. The improvements will be of good quality and the condition will be new. The subject will be well suited to provide assisted living services. MARKET AREA The primary market area (PMA) is defined as the geographic area from which 70% to 90% of residents will originate. The remaining 10% to 30% of the residents will originate from outside the PMA, called the secondary market area (SMA). Properly identifying the PMA is a critical component of a feasibility study. Factors influencing PMA boundaries are social, income difference, physical barriers and land use patterns. In heavily developed urban areas, 70% to 90% of the residents often originate from within the local city or within a five- to 10-mile radius. This covers a considerably smaller area than a less developed community, which typically has 70% to 90% of residents originating from an entire county or within a 15- to 20-mile radius. RESEARCH AND FINDINGS In order to determine the PMA, local real estate, governmental and senior housing experts were consulted. The subject is located in the town of Ashland City, which is positioned in the east central section of Cheatham County, approximately 2.6 miles west of the Cheatham County/Davidson County border. The boundaries for Davidson County are also the city limits of Nashville, the largest city within the state of Tennessee. Nashville is the economic, entertainment, healthcare and retail hub of central Tennessee. A map displaying the subject’s location in proximity to the other central Tennessee communities is as follows: Page 49 Approximately 60.0% of all Cheatham County residents commute to Nashville for employment. Given this factor, Cheatham County is considered to be a bedroom community to Nashville. However, the area is significantly less developed and populated than Nashville and is predominantly rural in nature. In addition, the western and northwestern portion of Davidson County/Nashville that borders Cheatham County is lightly developed. The county/city becomes significantly more developed east of Old Hickory Boulevard and Eaton’s Creek Road, approximately 6.7 miles east of the subject. There are several existing assisted living communities located east and south of this roadway in the more Page 50 developed sections of Nashville. According to professionals from these communities, although these facilities occasionally draw residents from Ashland City, it is highly unlikely that Nashville residents would consider traveling west to the town when seeking senior living services. Given this factor, the majority of Davidson County/Nashville is excluded from the subject’s PMA. Ashland City represents the most developed section of Cheatham County, which, as a whole, only contains approximately 40,455 residents. However, there are no existing assisted living or memory care assisted living communities located in Cheatham County and the subject will represent the closest community for the majority of Cheatham County residents. The only other significant communities located in Chatham County are the small towns of Pleasant View, Pegram and Kingston Springs. Pleasant View is located in the northeastern section of Chatham County, approximately 10 miles northeast of the subject. However, the area is easily connected to Ashland City by State Route 49 and the subject would represent the closest assisted living community to Pleasant View residents. Given this factor, Pleasant View is considered part of the subject’s PMA. Both Pegram and Kingston Springs are located in the southern section of the county in proximity to U.S. Route 70 and U.S. Interstate 40, which are located a minimum of 9.3 miles southwest and 11.8 miles south of the subject, respectively. Both roadways provide easy access to Davidson County and the southwestern section of Nashville. This area has several well established assisted living communities. Given this factor, the majority of Pegram and Kingston Springs is excluded from the subject’s PMA. Cheatham County is bordered to the north by Robertson County, to the northwest by Montgomery County, to the southwest by Dickson County and to the south by Williamson County. Robertson County (68,583 residents in 2011) and Dickson County (48,939 residents in 2011) are both more populated than Chatham County (40,455 residents in 2011) and contain a moderate number of assisted living communities. In addition, Robertson County residents are likely more oriented towards Nashville when seeking healthcare and senior living services outside of their areas of origin. Given these factors, the subject is not projected to attract a significant number of residents from either of these counties. Page 51 Montgomery County (162,362 residents in 2011) is significantly more populated than Chatham County, and there are a moderate number of assisted living communities located in the county’s most significant community, the city of Clarksville. In addition, the northwestern most portion of Chatham County is easily connected to the Clarksville area by U.S. Interstate 24. Based on this assumption, the portion of Chatham County located northwest of Pleasant View is excluded from the subject’s PMA. Williamson County (184,602 residents in 2011), in particular the northern portion of the county, consists of affluent suburban communities of Nashville. These areas appear to possess an adequate number of senior living communities. In addition, residents of these communities would have easy access to several assisted living communities located in southern and southwestern Nashville. Given this factor, Williamson County will not represent a significant source of residents to the subject. Based on the above analysis, the PMA for the subject predominantly encompasses the majority of Cheatham County (Ashland City and Pleasant View) and the portion of Davidson County located west of Old Hickory Road and Eaton’s Creek Road. The PMA is defined as the area within the following boundaries: • North Border – U.S. Interstate 24. • West Border –The approximate western borders of Pleasant View (Oaklawn Road, Mosley Ferry Road and Issac Clifton Road), Highway 12 North, and the Cheatham County line. • East Border – Old Hickory Road and Eaton’s Creek Road and the Cheatham County/Dickson County border. • South Border – U.S. Route 70. The boundaries include the communities of Ashland City, Pleasant View, the northern section of Pegram and Kingston Springs, and a small portion of northwestern Davidson County/Nashville. A map displaying the PMA is as follows: Page 52 The SMA for the subject is estimated to consist of the PMA plus the remaining portion of Cheatham County. Page 53 ASSISTED LIVING/MEMORY COMPETITION In order to estimate the demand for beds and units, present and future supply and demand within the subject’s PMA has been analyzed. This assessment is being used to determine the demand. This market study presents existing facilities that are analyzed in order to determine the existing supply. Local government officials, including the planning and building permit office, were interviewed to determine future supply. A search for existing competition consisted of interviews with administrators and/or marketing directors and research of assisted living and memory care assisted living facilities and facility information obtained from the Tennessee Department of Health, NewLifestyles.com, SeniorHousingFinder.org, SeniorHousing.net and various senior housing internet search engines. Facilities are considered competitive if they have more than 20 beds. Smaller facilities are not directly competitive, as they typically offer fewer services and amenities. There are no comparable senior living facilities located with the subject’s PMA. The subject will represent the only significant assisted living and memory care assisted living provider in Cheatham County and will have no competition for residents within its PMA. For the purpose of this analysis, eight assisted living communities located outside of the PMA were profiled as comparable facilities. All of these communities are located within Davidson County/Nashville. One of these facilities (Barton House) only provides memory care assisted living services and four of the remaining facilities include both non-memory care and memory care assisted living beds. A map indicating the location of each facility is presented below: Page 54 1) 3) 5) 7) Homewood Residence at Brookmont Terrace Barton House Burton Court at Blakeford Belmont Village 2) 4) 6) 8) The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Living Mary Queen of Angels The Cumberland at Green Hills Morningside of Belmont Profiles of the subject and the competition are presented on the following pages: Page 55 Homewood Residence at Brookmont Terrace Competitor 1 General Street Address: 6767 Brookmont Terrace City, State, Zip: Nashville, TN 37205 Contact Person: Nicole Baily, Marketing Manager Telephone Number: (615) 353-1990 Distance to Subject: 13.3 miles southwest Owner: CNL Retirement Operator: Brookdale Senior Living Operations Number of Licensed Beds Number of Operating Beds Other types of units available: Stories Constructed Quality Condition Unit Type: 2&3 2000 Average Good Building Design Visibility Access Neighborhood Residential Average Average Suburban Independent Living Unit Sizes & Rates* Size (SF) Monthly Base Rate IL N/A N/A SN MC * As o f the e ffe c tive da te o f va lue , 09/07/2011 CC/IN Services Provided in Traditional AL Basic Rate Three Daily Meals Utilities Weekly Housekeeping Maintenance Laundry - Linens Furnished Room Laundry - Personal Items Activities Scheduled Transportation Social Services Other Services Provided Medication Mgmnt. Secured Alzheimer's Therapies Beauty/Barber Shop Hospice Other Respite Personal Care Rate Structure Type of Rate Structure AL Unit Sizes & Rates* Unit Type: Size (SF) Monthly Base Rate Shared N/A N/A Studio N/A $2,950 to $4,130 1 Bedroom 400 $4,775 to $4,995 2 Bedroom N/A N/A Memory Care Shared N/A $4,055 Memory Care Private N/A $5,190 Other N/A N/A AL 184 99 Entrance Fee 2nd Occupant Tiered Other Fees N/A Community Fee $2,500 $675 Payor Mix:* Private 100% Medicaid 0% SSI/Other 0% Total 100% Occupancy Statistics AL 93 Occupancy 93.9% IL N/A Occupancy N/A *As o f the e ffe c tive da te o f the re po rt Comments: Homewood Residence at Brookmont Terrace is licensed for 184 assisted living beds, but only operates 99 beds within 95 units. This indicates that while the facility is configured to offer some semiprivate accommodations, the community typically only offers private rooms. Total operating units include 34 memory care assisted living units (38 beds). The assisted living portion of the facility is currently 93.4% (57 residents) occupied and the memory care assisted living facility is currently 94.7% occupied (36 residents). The above displayed rates for the facility are for the base level of care. The facility offers four additional levels of care for an extra monthly fee ranging from $470 to $1,715 per month. This facility is located in the southwestern section of Davidson County/Nashville and will only indirectly compete with the subject for residents. IL-Inde pe nde nt, AL- As s is te d Living, M C - M e m o ry C a re As s is te d Living, S N - S kille d Nurs ing, S N ALZ - Nurs ing Alzhe im e r's , N/A -No t Applic a ble Page 56 The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Living Competitor 2 General 8118-B Sawyer Brown Road Street Address: Nashville, TN 37221 City, State, Zip: Cheryl Burns, Marketing Contact Person: Telephone Number: (615) 646-2544 Distance to Subject: 12.1 miles southwest Owner: Blackstone Operator: Emeritus Senior Living Operations Number of Licensed Beds Number of Operating Beds Other types of units available: Stories Constructed Quality Condition 2 2002 Good Good Building Design Visibility Access Neighborhood Residential Average Average Suburban IL N/A N/A SN MC AL 74 69 CC/IN Services Provided in Traditional AL Basic Rate Three Daily Meals Utilities Weekly Housekeeping Maintenance Laundry - Linens Furnished Room Laundry - Personal Items Activities Scheduled Transportation Social Services Independent Living Unit Sizes & Rates* Other Services Provided Medication Mgmnt. Secured Alzheimer's Therapies Beauty/Barber Shop Hospice Other Respite Personal Care Rate Structure Type of Rate Structure AL Unit Sizes & Rates* Monthly Base Rate Unit Type: Size (SF) Shared $2,745 Studio N/A $3,800 to $3,900 1 Bedroom N/A $4,000 2 Bedroom N/A Memory Care Shared $3,845 to $4,600 Memory Care Private N/A Other * As o f the e ffe c tive da te o f va lue , 09/07/2011 Entrance Fee 2nd Occupant Tiered Other Fees N/A Community Fee $2,500 $675 Payor Mix:* 100% Private 0% Medicaid 0% SSI/Other 100% Total Occupancy Statistics 69 AL Occupancy 100.0% N/A IL N/A Occupancy *As o f the e ffec tive da te o f the re po rt Comments: Emeritus Senior Living began managing this facility approximately one year ago. The Waterford is licensed for 74 assisted living beds, but only operates 69 beds within 69 units. This includes 16 memory care assisted living units (16 beds). The management of the facility indicated that the facility typically operates at full capacity. The above displayed rates for the facility are for the base level of care. The facility offers four additional levels of care for an extra monthly fee ranging from $300 to $1,200 per month. This facility is located in the southwestern section of Davidson County/Nashville and will only indirectly compete with the subject for residents. IL-Inde pende nt, AL- As s is te d Living, M C - M e m o ry C a re As s is te d Living, S N - S kille d Nurs ing, S N ALZ - Nurs ing Alzhe im e r's , N/A -No t Applic a ble Page 57 Barton House Competitor 3 General 6961 U.S. Highway 70 South Nashville, TN 37221 Elizabeth Garton Masic - Executive Contact Person: Director Telephone Number: (615) 673-6922 13.1 miles southeast Distance to Subject: Owner: Bellevue Seniors LLC Operator: GoodWorks Street Address: City, State, Zip: Operations Number of Licensed Beds Number of Operating Beds Other types of units available: Stories Constructed Quality Condition Building 1 Design Circa 2000 Visibility Average Access Average Neighborhood Residential Fair Good Suburban IL N/A N/A SN AL 24 20 MC CC/IN Services Provided in Traditional AL Basic Rate Four Daily Meals Utilities Weekly Housekeeping Maintenance Laundry - Linens Furnished Room Laundry - Personal Items Activities Scheduled Transportation Social Services Independent Living Unit Sizes & Rates* Other Services Provided Medication Mgmnt. Secured Alzheimer's Therapies Beauty/Barber Shop Hospice Other Respite Personal Care Rate Structure Type of Rate Structure All Inclusive AL Unit Sizes & Rates* Unit Type: Size (SF) Monthly Base Rate Shared Studio 1 Bedroom 2 Bedroom Memory Care Shared Memory Care Private N/A $4,900 Other * As o f the effe ctive date o f va lue , 09/07/2011 Entrance Fee: 2nd Occupant Payor Mix:* Private Medicaid SSI/Other Total Other Fees N/A Community Fee N/A 100% 0% 0% 100% $2,500 Occupancy Statistics AL 19 Occupancy 95.0% IL N/A Occupancy N/A *As o f the effe ctive da te o f the re po rt Comments: Barton House operates a 20-bed (within 20 units) freestanding memory care assisted living community. The facility offers private rooms with shared bathrooms at an all-inclusive rate. The management of the community indicated that it is typically 100.0% occupied. This facility is located in the southwestern section of Davidson County/Nashville and will only indirectly compete with the subject for residents. IL-Inde pe ndent, AL- As s is ted Living, MC - M e mo ry C are As s is ted Living, S N - S killed Nurs ing, S N ALZ - Nurs ing Alzhe ime r's , N/A -No t Applic able Page 58 Mary Queen of Angels Competitor 4 General 34 White Bridge Road Street Address: Nashville, TN 37205 City, State, Zip: Tim Rayborn, Marketing Director Contact Person: (615) 353-6181 Telephone Number: 12.5 miles southeast Distance to Subject: Diocese of Nashville Owner: Operator: Diocese of Nashville Operations Number of Licensed Beds Number of Operating Beds Other types of units available: Stories Constructed Quality Condition 3 2001 Good Good Building Design Visibility Access Neighborhood Residential Average Good Suburban IL N/A N/A SN MC AL 130 100 CC/IN Services Provided in Traditional AL Basic Rate Three Daily Meals Utilities Weekly Housekeeping Maintenance Laundry - Linens Furnished Room Laundry - Personal Items Activities Scheduled Transportation Social Services Independent Living Unit Sizes & Rates* Other Services Provided Medication Mgmnt. Secured Alzheimer's Therapies Beauty/Barber Shop Hospice Other Respite Personal Care Rate Structure Type of Rate Structure AL Unit Sizes & Rates* Unit Type: Size (SF) Monthly Base Rate Shared Studio 330 $3,110 1 Bedroom 465 to 530 $3,950 to $4,100 2 Bedroom 570 $4,675 Memory Care Shared N/A $2,600 Memory Care Private 182 to 234 $4,590 to $4,770 Other * As o f the e ffe c tive da te o f va lue , 09/07/2011 Entrance Fee 2nd Occupant Payor Mix:* Private Medicaid SSI/Other Total All Inclusive Other Fees N/A Community Fee $500 60% 0% 40% 100% $1,000 Occupancy Statistics AL 93 Occupancy 93% IL N/A Occupancy N/A *As o f the e ffe c tive da te o f the re po rt Comments: Mary Queen of Angels is an assisted living and memory care assisted living facility that is located on a larger campus owned by the Diocese of Nashville. This campus also includes a skilled nursing facility and independent living units/villas. Mary Queen of Angels is licensed for 130 beds, but only operates 100 beds within 98 units. This reflects that while the facility is configured to offer some semiprivate accommodations, the community typically only offers private rooms. Total operating units includes 16 memory care assisted living units (20 beds). According to the management of Mary Queen of Angels, the facility's Catholic affiliation enables the community to draw residents from a larger geographic area than what is typical for an assisted living community. The management also indicated that the facility's average occupancy in recent years has been approximately 98.5%. The above displayed rates for the facility are for the base level of care. The facility offers three additional levels of assisted living care for an extra monthly cost of $300 per level. However, the facility also adjusts its rates downward based on a sliding-scale rate structure, with each resident paying an amount appropriate to their income level. The above displayed rates represent the maximum rates for residents. According to the management of the facility, approximately 40.0% of the facility's residents pay below-market fees. Based on the above findings, combined with the location of the facility near the central portion of Nashville, this facility will not significantly compete with the subject for residents. IL-Inde pe nde nt, AL- As s is te d Living, M C - M e m o ry C a re As s is te d Living, S N - S kille d Nurs ing, S N ALZ - Nurs ing Alzhe im e r's , N/A -No t Applic a ble Page 59 Burton Court at Blakeford Competitor 5 Street Address: City, State, Zip: Contact Person: Telephone Number: Distance to Subject: Owner: Operator: General 11 Burton Hills Boulevard Nashville, TN 37215 Sarah Bishop, Director of Sales and Marketing (615) 665-2742 15.6 miles southwest Blakeford at Green Hills Corp Blakeford at Green Hills Corp Operations Number of Licensed Beds Number of Operating Beds Other types of units available: Stories Constructed Quality Condition 2 1996 Good Good Building Design Visibility Access Neighborhood Residential Good Average Suburban Independent Living Unit Sizes & Rates* Unit Type: Size (SF) Monthly Base Rate Shared N/A N/A Studio N/A N/A 1 Bedroom N/A See Comments 2 Bedroom N/A See Comments Alzheimer's Shared N/A N/A Alzheimer's Private N/A N/A Other N/A N/A * As o f the e ffe c tive da te o f va lue , 09/07/2011 AL Unit Sizes & Rates* Unit Type: Size (SF) Monthly Base Rate Shared N/A N/A Studio N/A $3,750 1 Bedroom N/A $4,095 2 Bedroom N/A $7,550 Memory Care Shared N/A N/A Memory Care Private N/A N/A Other N/A N/A * As o f the e ffe c tive da te o f va lue , 09/07/2011 IL N/A N/A SN MC AL 78 65 CC/IN Services Provided in Traditional AL Basic Rate Three Daily Meals Utilities Weekly Housekeeping Maintenance Laundry - Linens Furnished Room Laundry - Personal Items Activities Scheduled Transportation Social Services Other Services Provided Medication Mgmnt. Secured Alzheimer's Therapies Beauty/Barber Shop Hospice Other Respite Personal Care Rate Structure Type of Rate Structure Service Level Compared to Subject Entrance Fee 2nd Occupant Other Fees N/A Community Fee $2,785 Payor Mix:* Private 100% Medicaid 0% SSI/Other 0% Total 100% Tiered Similar $2,500 Occupancy Statistics AL 60 Occupancy 92% IL N/A Occupancy N/A *As o f the e ffe c tive da te o f the re po rt Comments: Burton Court at Blakeford is an assisted living facility that is part of a larger continuing care retirement community (Blakeford at Green Hills). It consists of independent living units and an 80-bed skilled nursing facility. Entrance fees for independent living units range from $172,140 to $386,460, with monthly rents ranging from $2,063 to $4,775. The facility utilizes a level of care/tiered rate structure. However, the management of the subject did not provide specific details on the cost of the additional levels of care. This facility is located in the southern section of Davidson County and will not direct compete with the subject for residents. IL-Indepe nde nt, AL- As s is te d Living, M C - M e m o ry C a re As s is ted Living, S N - S kille d Nurs ing, S N ALZ - Nurs ing Alzhe im e r's , N/A -No t Applica ble Page 60 The Cumberland at Green Hills Competitor 6 Street Address: City, State, Zip: Contact Person: Telephone Number: Distance to Subject: Owner: Operator: General 15 Burton Hills Boulevard Nashville, TN 37215 Marketing (615) 463-9111 15.5 miles southwest HCRI Tennessee Properties, LLC Brookdale Senior Living Operations Number of Licensed Beds Number of Operating Beds Other types of units available: Stories Constructed Quality Condition 4 2007 Good Good Building Design Visibility Access Neighborhood Residential Good Average Suburban IL N/A N/A SN MC AL 149 110 CC/IN Services Provided in Traditional AL Basic Rate Three Daily Meals Utilities Weekly Housekeeping Maintenance Laundry - Linens Furnished Room Laundry - Personal Items Activities Scheduled Transportation Social Services Independent Living Unit Sizes & Rates* Other Services Provided Medication Mgmnt. Secured Alzheimer's Therapies Beauty/Barber Shop Hospice Other Respite Personal Care Rate Structure Type of Rate Structure Service Level Compared to Subject AL Unit Sizes & Rates* Monthly Base Rate Unit Type: Size (SF) N/A Shared N/A $4,500 Studio N/A $5,000 1 Bedroom N/A $7,500 2 Bedroom N/A N/A Memory Care Shared N/A $6,390 Memory Care Private N/A N/A Other N/A * As o f the e ffe c tive da te o f va lue , 09/07/2011 Entrance Fee 2nd Occupant Other Fees N/A Community Fee $675 Payor Mix:* 100% Private 0% Medicaid 0% SSI/Other 100% Total Tiered Similar $3,500 Occupancy Statistics 110 AL Occupancy 100.0% N/A IL N/A Occupancy *As o f the e ffe c tive da te o f the re po rt Comments: Cumberland at Green Hills is licensed for 160 assisted living beds, but only operates 115 beds within 115 units. This reflects that while the facility is configured to be able to offer some semiprivate accommodations, the community typically only offers private rooms. Total operating units include 17 memory care assisted living units (17 beds). The facility is the newest of the comparable facilities and is the most similar to the proposed subject. The management of the facility indicated that the community achieved stabilized occupancy levels (100.0%) within three years of opening. This equates to an absorption rate of approximately three residents per month. The above displayed rates are for the base level of assisted living care. The community offers four levels of additional assisted living care for an extra monthly cost ranging from $470 to $1,720. This facility is located in the southern section of Davidson County/Nashville and will not direct compete with the subject for residents. IL-Inde pe ndent, AL- As s is te d Living, M C - M e m o ry C a re As s is te d Living, S N - S kille d Nurs ing, S N ALZ - Nurs ing Alzhe im e r's , N/A -No t Applica ble Page 61 Belmont Village Competitor 7 Street Address: City, State, Zip: Contact Person: Telephone Number: Distance to Subject: Owner: Operator: General 4206 Stammer Place Nashville, TN 37215 Lauren, Marketing (615) 279-9100 15.0 miles southwest Belmont Village Green Hills LLC Belmont Village Operations Number of Licensed Beds Number of Operating Beds Other types of units available: Stories Constructed Quality Condition 3 1999 Good Good Building Design Visibility Access Neighborhood Residential Average Average Suburban IL N/A N/A SN AL 160 115 MC CC/IN Services Provided in Traditional AL Basic Rate Three Daily Meals Utilities Weekly Housekeeping Maintenance Laundry - Linens Furnished Room Laundry - Personal Items Activities Scheduled Transportation Social Services Independent Living Unit Sizes & Rates* Other Services Provided Medication Mgmnt. Secured Alzheimer's Therapies Beauty/Barber Shop Hospice Other Respite Personal Care Rate Structure Type of Rate Structure Service Level Compared to Subject AL Unit Sizes & Rates* Unit Type: Size (SF) Monthly Base Rate Shared N/A N/A Studio 500 to 700 $3,175 to $5,175 1 Bedroom 700 to 900 $6,175 2 Bedroom N/A N/A Memory Care Shared N/A N/A Memory Care Private N/A N/A Other N/A N/A * As o f the e ffe c tive da te o f va lue , 09/07/2011 Entrance Fee: 2nd Occupant Payor Mix:* Private Medicaid SSI/Other Total Other Fees N/A Community Fee N/A 100% 0% 0% 100% Tiered Similar N/A Occupancy Statistics AL 112 Occupancy 97% IL N/A Occupancy N/A *As o f the e ffe c tive da te o f the re po rt Comments: Belmont Village is licensed for 160 assisted living beds, but only operates 115 beds within 115 units. This reflects that while the facility is configured to be able to offer some semiprivate accommodations, the community typically only offers private rooms. Total operating units include 24 memory care assisted living units (24 beds). The assisted living portion of the facility is currently 96.7% (88 residents) occupied and the memory care assisted living facility is currently 100.0% occupied (24 residents). This facility is located in the southern section of Davidson County/Nashville and will not be competitive with the subject. IL-Inde pe nde nt, AL- As s is te d Living, M C - M e m o ry C a re As s is te d Living, S N - S kille d Nurs ing, S N ALZ - Nurs ing Alzhe im e r's , N/A -No t Applic a ble Page 62 ADDITIONS TO SUPPLY To determine if there are any planned or proposed senior living facilities within the PMA, conversations were conducted with county and city officials as well as the management of local senior housing facilities. Neither the Tennessee Department of Health website’s new facility listing nor the Tennessee Certificate of Need Projects list (2000 to current) listed any applications for new assisted living beds in the PMA. Based on this research, there are no planned or proposed assisted living or memory care assisted living facilities within the PMA. LOCATION OF PROPOSED SUBJECT FACILITY The subject is located in Ashland City, in the east central portion of Cheatham County. The subject’s PMA is predominantly located within Cheatham County. There are currently zero comparable assisted living or memory care assisted living beds within the subject’s PMA. Given this factor, eight additional facilities were profiled for comparison purposes. All of these facilities are located within the Davidson County/Nashville area and range from 12.1 to 15.6 miles from the subject. All of the comparable facilities are located in either southwestern or southern Nashville, in suburban, more densely developed neighborhoods, than the subject’s area. Unit Mix/Age Comparison Based on research in the market, studio and one-bedroom units appear to be the predominant assisted living unit type in the PMA. However, five of the eight comparable facilities that offer non-memory care assisted living services also contain two-bedroom units. The subject’s non-memory care assisted living unit mix will include 56.7% (34 units) studio units, 33.3% (20 units) one-bedroom units and 10.0% (six units) two-bedroom units, which is consistent with the market. The majority of memory care assisted living providers predominantly offer private units. Given that the subject will only offer private units (20 units), the subject’s unit mix is consistent with the market findings. Page 63 Upon completion, the subject property will be the only significant assisted living and memory care assisted living facility in the PMA and Cheatham County. In addition, the subject property will be the newest and most modern facility in the greater Nashville area. Given this factor, the subject will have no competition for residents within its PMA and should be well positioned to compete with any Nashville area facilities that will attempt to attract residents from Cheatham County. Occupancy The table below presents overall occupancy rates of the comparable assisted living facilities: Overall Occupancy S tatistics 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Provider Homewood Residence at Brookmont Terrace The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Living Barton House M ary Queen of Angels Burton Court at Blakeford The Cumberland at Green Hills Belmont Village M orningside of Belmont Total/Weighted Average Occupied Beds 93 69 19 93 60 110 112 80 636 Licensed Beds Occup. 184 50.5% 74 93.2% 24 79.2% 130 71.5% 78 76.9% 149 73.8% 160 70.0% 130 61.5% 929 68.5% Operating Beds Occup. 99 93.9% 69 100.0% 20 95.0% 100 93.0% 65 92.3% 110 100.0% 115 97.4% 82 97.6% 660 96.4% Memory Care Beds 38 16 20 20 0 17 24 0 Private Pay % 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 60.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 135 94.2% This table reflects all assisted living levels of care. Based on operating beds, the weighted average occupancy for the comparable facilities is 96.4%. The variance between licensed and operating beds reflects that some of the facilities are licensed to provide semiprivate accommodations. However, the majority of these facilities predominantly offer private room accommodations. In addition, with the exception of Mary Queen of Angels, all of the comparable facilities typically only accept private pay residents. The above data reflects that the greater Nashville area is a strong market for assisted living services. The accompanying tables provide a breakout of occupancy characteristics for both nonmemory care and memory care assisted living beds. Page 64 Non-Memory Care Assisted Living Occupancy Based on operating beds, the occupancy rates of the comparable non-memory care assisted living facilities range from 92.3% to 100.0%, with a weighted average of 96.6%. This is an indication of stable demand for non-memory care assisted living services in the greater Nashville area. 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 Provider Homewood Residence at Brookmont Terrace The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Living M ary Queen of Angels Burton Court at Blakeford The Cumberland at Green Hills Belmont Village M orningside of Belmont Total/Weighted Average Assisted Living Beds Occupied Operating Beds Beds Occup. 57 61 93.4% 53 53 100.0% 76 80 95.0% 60 65 92.3% 93 93 100.0% 88 91 96.7% 80 82 97.6% 507 525 96.6% Memory Care Assisted Living Occupancy Based on operating beds, the occupancy rates of the comparable memory care assisted living facilities range from 85.0% to 100.0%, with a weighted average of 95.6%. This is an indication of stable demand for memory care assisted living services in the greater Nashville area. 1 2 3 4 6 7 Provider Homewood Residence at Brookmont Terrace The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Living Barton House M ary Queen of Angels The Cumberland at Green Hills Belmont Village Weighted Average Memory Care AL Occupancy S tatistics Occupied Operating Beds Beds Occup. 36 38 94.7% 16 16 100.0% 19 20 95.0% 17 20 85.0% 17 24 129 17 24 135 100.0% 100.0% 95.6% Assisted Living and Memory Care Rates In order to determine the reasonableness of the subject’s proposed private pay rates, a survey of local facilities was conducted. The following table presents a summary of these rates: Page 65 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Provider Homewood Residence at Brookmont Terrace The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Living Barton House M ary Queen of Angels Burton Court at Blakeford The Cumberland at Green Hills Belmont Village M orningside of Belmont M in to M ax M ean M edian S ubject $2,950 $2,745 $3,110 $3,750 $4,500 $3,175 $2,500 Studio to $4,130 to $2,500 to $2,981 to $5,175 $5,175 $3,559 $3,175 $3,194 1 Bedroom 2 Bedroom $4,775 to $4,995 $3,800 to $3,900 $4,000 $3,950 $4,095 $5,000 $6,175 $2,860 $2,860 $3,498 to to $4,100 $4,675 $7,550 $7,500 Memory Care Private $5,190 $3,845 to $4,600 $4,900 $4,590 to $4,770 $6,390 $3,100 $3,950 to $6,175 $3,950 to $7,550 $4,250 $5,535 $4,095 $4,675 $3,741 $3,845 $5,019 to $6,390 $4,898 $4,770 to $5,323 The above displayed rates are the comparable facilities’ rates for the base level of care. The majority of the comparable non-memory care assisted living facilities utilize tiered or a-la-carte rate structures. Typically, more sophisticated assisted living operators utilize tiered or level-of-care rate structures, allowing these facilities to maximize potential revenue. In a tiered rate system, facilities establish a rate for a base level of care and charge additional fees per level of care required. The subject will offer studio units for a base monthly rate ranging from $2,981 to $3,194. Studio rates among the comparable facilities range from $2,500 to $5,175, with a mean of $3,559. The subject’s rates are oriented at the lower end of the range of the comparable facilities’ rates. However, given that the subject will be located in a less affluent community than the majority of the comparable facilities, the subject’s studio rates are priced correctly. The subject will offer one-bedroom units for a monthly rate of $3,498, which are also oriented at the lower end of the range ($2,860 to $6,175) of comparable facility rates and are consistent with the conclusion for the subject’s studio rate. The subject’s two-bedroom rate monthly base rate ($3,741) is below the range ($3,950 to $7,550) of comparable facilities. This rate is reasonable given the lower cost of living in Cheatham County than in Davidson County/Nashville. The subject’s private memory care assisted living rates ($5,019 to $5,323) are within the range of the comparable rates and are reasonable. Page 66 Overall, the subject’s proposed rates are reasonable. Based on the above rates, a weighted average monthly non-memory care rate of $3,293 and a weighted average monthly memory care assisted living of $5,171 will be utilized in the demand calculations completed later in this report. PMA DEMOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS PMA population statistics are provided by Claritas, Inc., a national demographic supplier, and are summarized in the following table: Total Population Total Households Median Housing Value VantagePointe Village at Ashland City Demographic Analysis Primary Market Area % 2011 2016 Change 31,420 32,910 4.7% 11,571 12,154 5.0% $147,836 $167,130 13.1% % of 75+ Householder Living in Non Married Families % of 65+ Householders Homeowners 61.2% 91.7% 65+ Householders As a % of Total Households 2,238 19.3% 2,779 22.9% 24.2% 65-74 Population As a % of Total Population 2,200 7.0% 2,904 8.8% 32.0% 75-84 Population As a % of Total Population 1,169 3.7% 1,340 4.1% 14.6% 85+ Population As a % of Total Population 446 1.4% 540 1.6% 21.1% % Non-institutional Age 65+ With: Sensory Disability Physical Disability Mental Disability Self-Care Disability Go-Outside-Home Disability Source: Claritas, Inc. 14.4% 34.7% 17.6% 11.9% 21.5% Page 67 The 2011 estimated population within the PMA for the aged 65 to 74 cohort represents 7.0% of the total population and is projected to increase to 8.8% by 2016. The aged 75 to 84 cohort is estimated to increase moderately as a percentage of total population from 3.7% to 4.1%. As a percentage of total population, the aged 85-plus cohort is estimated to moderately increase from 1.4% to 1.6% by 2016. The general PMA population is expected to increase 4.7% by 2016. The aged 65 to 74 cohort is expected to increase by 32.0%, the aged 75 to 84 cohort is forecasted to increase by 14.6% and the aged 85-plus cohort is projected to increase by 21.1% by 2016. The population aged 85-plus is expected to exhibit a higher growth rate when compared to that of the general PMA population. The population aged 85-plus is the most likely to need senior living services. This is a positive influence for the future growth demand for senior housing facilities. The following table presents the projections for adults age 45 to 64: Adult Children Population Age Cohort 2000 2011 % Change 2016 % Change 45 - 54 Population 4,008 5,235 30.6% 5,121 -2.2% 55 - 64 Population 2,449 4,026 64.4% 4,697 16.7% Total 45 - 64 Population 6,457 9,261 43.4% 9,818 6.0% Total Population 27,582 31,420 13.9% 32,910 4.7% Between 2000 and 2011, the adult children population increased 43.4%. The total population within the PMA increased (13.9%) during the same period. Over the next five years, the adult children population is expected to continue to increase (6.0%) compared to a projected moderate decrease (2.2%) in the total population. The primary group (ages 55 to 64) likely to have parents in need of senior living services increased by 64.4% since 2000 and is expected to increase an additional 16.7% over the next five years. The previous growth of adult children is positive, given that seniors often relocate near their adult children when seeking senior living services. This would suggest the PMA will experience in-migration of seniors to the area as the parents of these adult children age and require residential healthcare services. Page 68 NON-MEMORY CARE ASSISTED LIVING DEMAND SENIOR CARE TRENDS The U.S. General Accounting Office reported that approximately seven million persons in 1993 required some form of assistance with activities of daily living (ADLs) and this number is expected to double by the year 2020. Independent and assisted living facilities have become an attractive alternative for nursing home operators, as budget cutbacks and tighter regulations have decreased the number of available nursing home beds. This leaves a large segment of the population that requires some form of daily assistance looking to family members, home health care agencies, independent living or assisted living facilities to meet their assistance needs. Demand for assisted living facilities is also strong because these facilities offer a lower cost alternative to nursing homes. Traditionally, seniors have had limited options for housing other than their own homes. Options include moving in with family members who then become burdened with providing care or, alternatively, moving into nursing homes to possibly become bed bound. However, the skilled care provided by nursing homes may not be necessary for many older persons. A 1992 Massachusetts study of nursing home residents found that only 37% required the level of care they were receiving. Some wealthier elderly people might employ a caretaker to live with them, but for many elderly people, these options are not feasible or are undesirable. Older persons need housing that augments independence while providing access to supportive services. AGE AND HEALTH QUALIFIER The population of health eligible seniors is of critical importance in determining the number of seniors who require assistance with ADLs and are qualified for assisted living units. The decision to move to an assisted living facility is typically driven by need rather than a lifestyle choice. Therefore, the population must be identified to reflect that segment with care or mobility needs. According to the National Housing Survey of Adults Age 60+, the following chart shows the findings about how abilities change among the population as a function of age. Page 69 60+ Population R e quiring Assistance with Activitie s of D aily Living 18.0 Percent by Category 16.0 14.0 12.0 Bathing 10.0 Walking 8.0 Dressing Transferring 6.0 Eating 4.0 2.0 0.0 60-64 65-69 70-74 75-79 80-84 85+ The National Information Aging Center published statistics on Mobility and Self-Care Limitations of Persons 60-plus by Age: 1990 (United States, Civilian Non-institutionalized Persons), based on 1990 census information. The study identifies percentages of the population needing assistance with activities of daily living. Based on the study, 13.3% of cohorts aged 65 to 74, 25.8% of cohorts aged 75 to 84 and 49.8% of cohorts aged 85 and older have mobility or self-care limitations requiring assistance. According to the National Survey of Assisted Living Residents: Who is the Customer?, the mean age of assisted living residents is 84.2 years. Based upon the information presented, the age and health qualified population is based upon 25.8% of the 75 to 84 population and 49.8% of the 85-plus population. Applying the study's percentages to the estimated 2011 and 2016 households result in a total number of age and health qualified persons with mobility and self-care limitations. The minimum age that is considered for assisted living demand in this study is 75 years old. The following table calculates the health qualified population within the PMA: Page 70 Age and Health Qualified Population Calculation Year 2011 65+ Population 2016 3,815 4,784 Health Qualifier: 1 65-74 : 2,200 x 13.3% = 0 2,904 x 13.3% = 0 75-84: 1,169 x 25.8% = 302 1,340 x 25.8% = 346 446 x 49.8% = 222 540 x 49.8% = 269 85+: Health Qualified 524 615 Only population 75 and older are considered. INCOME QUALIFIER The subject’s weighted average private pay assisted living rate is estimated to be $3,293 per month. This indicates a minimum annual household income of $39,519 ($3,293 x 12 months) to cover housing costs for an assisted living facility. Since monthly rent covers a minimal amount of living expenses (utilities and maintenance), the maximum a resident can spend on housing, meals and services is estimated at 85% of their annual income, which is the generally accepted proportion within the industry. Therefore, the required annual income is estimated at $46,493 ($39,519 divided by 85% for assisted living). This analysis assumes that homeowners can sell their homes and have assets to invest for income and from which to draw funds. Based on conversations with professionals in the area, assisted living residents typically spend down their assets from a sale of a home or other investments as part of paying for the services at an assisted living facility. Based on an analysis of local real estate data, homes are selling in a respectable time frame in Ashland City. According to information provided by Movoto.com, there are currently 133 residential home sales in September 2011 in the Ashland City area. This estimate is 17.0% less than the comparable estimate for September 2010. This reflects that 274 residential homes have sold or are under contract of sale in 2011. In addition, homes are typically on the market for only 94 days. These findings are an indication that homes are selling in the Ashland City area. According to the 2009 Overview of Assisted Living, the average length of stay for a resident in an assisted living facility is approximately 26.9 months. However, this does not reflect that residents of Page 71 assisted living facilities may be required to relocate to a higher level of senior housing care (skilled nursing) after staying in an assisted living community. In addition, given federal Medicaid eligibility standards, skilled nursing services will require payment through private payment sources until the seniors “spend down” all of their assets. Given these factors, it is assumed that the homeowners will spend down the proceeds from the sale and earn an average rate on the balance of 2% over a five-year period. Therefore, these individuals require a net minimum income of $22,064, or the required gross annual income less the annual annuity of the net proceeds from the home sale at 2%. The income attributable to the sale of a home is summarized in the following calculation: Additional Income from Home Sale Minimum Required Income (renter) $46,493 Median Home Value @ 90% equity $133,052 Less Closing Costs at 10.0% 13,305 Net Proceeds $119,747 Annual Annuity at 2% for five years $24,428 Minimum Required Income (homeowner) $22,064 Based upon the percentage of the population aged 65-plus owning a home (91.7%), the assumption is that the population aged 75-plus owning a home is 91.7%, and the remaining 8.3% are renters. Applying the income required, the weighted average minimum income required for both homeowners and renters is as follows: Homeowners: 91.7% x $22,064 = $20,225 Renters: 8.3% x $46,493 = $3,877 Weighted Average: $24,101 Approximately 49.5% of the PMA's over 75 households are earning $24,101 or above and, therefore, income qualify for assisted living. This qualified percentage (49.5%) is derived by taking the number of aged 75-plus households that earn more than $24,101 and dividing it by the total number of aged 75-plus households. In determining the income qualified population throughout this study, income gains will be offset by rate increases. Therefore, 49.5% of the population throughout this study is projected to be income qualified. The following table calculates the income qualified population within the PMA: Page 72 Age, Health and Income Qualified Population Calculation Year 2011 65+ Population 2016 3,815 4,784 Health Qualifier: 65-74 1 : 2,200 x 13.3% = 0 2,904 x 13.3% = 0 75-84: 1,169 x 25.8% = 302 1,340 x 25.8% = 346 446 x 49.8% = 222 540 x 49.8% = 269 85+: Health Qualified Percent with income Above $24,101 Health and Income Qualified 524 615 49.5% 49.5% 259 304 Only population 75 and older are considered. LIVING STATUS QUALIFIER According to the 2009 ALFAA study, approximately 12% of all assisted living residents were married and living with their spouses. The marital status of independent living residents is typically similar to assisted living residents. Therefore, this demand calculation adjusts gross demand to account for only those seniors in non-married households. Of the total 75-plus households in the PMA, 61.2% live in non-married households. PERIPHERAL DEMAND ADJUSTMENT A portion of the subject’s residents derived from outside of the PMA are anticipated to originate from the subject’s SMA. However, peripheral demand is driven by seniors relocating to the area to be near their adult children. For the purpose of this analysis, it is assumed that the subject’s PMA will represent an area of origin of only 90% of the subject’s residents. This also assumes that 10% of the subject’s residents will be derived from outside of the PMA. The subject’s PMA only displayed adult children population growth (43.4%) from 2000 to 2011. However, the PMA is only expected to experience a 6.0% increase in adult children from 2011 to 2106. Since seniors often relocate to be near adult children when seeking senior housing services, the PMA’s previous adult children growth, would indicate that the subject’s PMA will experience some in-migration of seniors. Therefore, a peripheral demand adjustment of 90.0% is used in this analysis. After gross demand has been adjusted for living status, it is then divided by 90.0%. Page 73 SATURATION LEVEL Data taken from the National Center for Health Statistics indicates approximately 10% to 13% of the national population over age 65 receives home healthcare. This indicates that 10% to 13% of the total potential demand will likely receive home healthcare rather than move to an assisted living facility upon desiring access to care on a fee-for-service basis. In addition, as indicated, a significant percentage of the population will live with relatives or attempt to ignore their needs. In general, a given market can support a senior facility, which totals 0% to 50% of the refined population of income, age and health qualified households. Therefore, the saturation level is estimated at 50% of the qualified demand. Applying the saturation level to the qualified demand results in the gross demand for assisted living services in the PMA. COMPETITIVE SUPPLY There are no existing or proposed comparable non-memory care assisted living beds in the PMA. Therefore, the competitive supply estimate for the PMA in 2011 and 2016 is zero. The following table summarizes the age, income, living status and health qualified demand from the PMA: Age, Health and Income Qualified Population Calculation Year 2011 65+ Population 2016 3,815 4,784 Health Qualifier: 65-74 1 : 2,200 x 13.3% = 0 2,904 x 13.3% = 0 75-84: 1,169 x 25.8% = 302 1,340 x 25.8% = 346 446 x 49.8% = 222 540 x 49.8% = 269 85+: Health Qualified Percent with income Above $24,101 Health and Income Qualified Non Married Households Single, Health and Income Qualified Persons Peripheral Demand Adjusted Single, Health and Income Qualified Persons Saturation Rate Adjusted Gross Demand Less Competitive Supply at 93% Net Demand 524 615 49.5% 49.5% 259 304 61.2% 61.2% 159 186 90% 90% 176 207 50.0% 50.0% 88 104 0 0 88 104 Page 74 There is currently unmet demand for 88 non-memory care assisted living beds in 2011, which increases to 104 beds in 2016. This reflects the projected growth of the aged 75 and older population (16.4%) in the PMA. The net demand estimates for 2011 (88 beds) and 2016 (104 beds) are greater than the subject’s proposed number of non-memory care assisted living beds (60 beds). This reflects that there are currently no existing non-memory care assisted living communities within the subject’s PMA. The above mentioned factors, combined with the current high occupancy levels of existing area nonmemory care assisted living facilities located outside of the PMA in Nashville, are an indication that there is adequate support for the development of the subject’s proposed 60 assisted living beds. MEMORY CARE DEMAND The memory care calculation utilizes the same PMA population statistics that were provided in the previous demand analysis in the demographic analysis table. AGE AND HEALTH QUALIFIER – ALZHEIMER’S/DEMENTIA A 2007 study completed by the Alzheimer’s Association established prevalence rate of Alzheimer’s disease/dementia among seniors. Based on this study, 2.0% of the cohorts aged 65 to 74, 19.0% of cohorts age 75 to 84 and 42.0% of cohorts age 85 and older have some form of Alzheimer’s disease and/or dementia. Applying the study's percentages to the estimated 2011 and 2016 households, results in a total number of age and health qualified persons with Alzheimer’s disease and/or dementia. The minimum age that is considered for Alzheimer’s assisted living demand in this study is 75 years old. The following table calculates the health qualified population within the PMA: Page 75 Age and Health Qualified Population Calculation Year 2011 65+ Population 2016 3,815 4,784 Health Qualifier: 1 65-74 : 2,200 x 13.3% = 0 2,904 x 13.3% = 0 75-84: 1,169 x 25.8% = 302 1,340 x 25.8% = 346 446 x 49.8% = 222 540 x 49.8% = 269 85+: Health Qualified 524 615 Only population 75 and older are considered. INCOME QUALIFIER As previously established, the subject’s weighted average private pay assisted living rate is estimated to be $5,171 per month. This indicates a minimum annual household income of $62,052 ($5,171 x 12 months) to cover housing costs for an assisted living facility. Since the monthly rent will only cover a minimal amount of living expenses (utilities and maintenance), the maximum a resident can spend on housing, meals and services is estimated at 90% of their annual income, which is the generally accepted proportion within the industry. Therefore, the required annual income is estimated at $68,947 ($62,052 divided by 90% for memory care assisted living). Similar to the calculation of non-memory care assisted living demand, this analysis assumes that homeowners can sell their homes and have assets to invest for income and from which to draw funds. It is assumed that the homeowners will spend down the proceeds from the sale and earn an average rate on the balance of 2% over a five-year period. Therefore, these individuals require a net minimum income of $44,518, or the required gross annual income less the annual annuity of the net proceeds from the home sale at 2%. The income attributable to the sale of a home is summarized in the following calculation: Additional Income from Home Sale Minimum Required Income (renter) Median Home Value @ 90% equity Less Closing Costs at 10.0% Net Proceeds $68,947 $133,052 13,305 $119,747 Annual Annuity at 2% for five years $24,428 Minimum Required Income (homeowner) $44,518 Page 76 Based upon the percentage of the population aged 65-plus owning a home (91.7%), the assumption is that the population aged 75-plus owning a home is 91.7%, and the remaining 8.3% are renters. Applying the income required, the weighted average minimum income required for both homeowners and renters is as follows: Homeowners: 91.7% x $44,518 = $40,806 Renters: 8.3% x $68,947 = $5,749 Weighted Average: $46,555 Approximately 19.9% of the PMA's over 75 households are earning $46,555 or above and, therefore, income qualify for memory care assisted living. This qualified percentage (19.9%) is derived by taking the number of aged 75-plus households that earn more than $46,555 and dividing it by the total number of aged 75-plus households. In determining the income qualified population throughout this study, income gains will be offset by rate increases. Therefore, 19.9% of the population throughout this study is projected to be income qualified. The following table calculates the income qualified population within the PMA: Age, Health and Income Qualified Population Calculation Year 2011 65+ Population 2016 3,815 4,784 Health Qualifier: 65-74 1: 2,200 x 0.0% = 0 2,904 x 0.0% = 0 75-84: 1,169 x 19.0% = 222 1,340 x 19.0% = 255 446 x 42.0% = 187 540 x 42.0% = 227 85+: Health Qualified Percent with income Above $46,555 Health and Income Qualified 409 481 19.9% 19.9% 82 96 Only population 75 and older are considered. LIVING STATUS QUALIFIER According to the 2010 ALFAA study, approximately 12% of all assisted living residents were married and living with their spouses. The marital status of independent living residents is typically similar to assisted living residents. Therefore, this demand calculation adjusts gross demand to account for only Page 77 those seniors in non-married households. Of the total 75-year and older households in the PMA, 61.2% live in non-married households. PERIPHERAL DEMAND ADJUSTMENT For the purpose of this analysis, it is assumed that the subject’s PMA will represent an area of origin of only 90% of the subject’s residents. This also assumes that 10% of the subject’s residents will be derived from outside of the PMA. Therefore, after gross demand has been adjusted for living status, it is then divided by 90%. SATURATION LEVEL Data taken from the National Center for Health Statistics indicates approximately 10% to 13% of the national population over age 65 receives home healthcare. This indicates that 10% to 13% of the total potential demand will likely receive home healthcare rather than move to an assisted living facility if upon desire for access to care on a fee-for-service basis. In addition, conversations with developers and operators indicate a significant percentage of the population will live with relatives or attempt to ignore their needs. In general, a given market can support a senior facility, which totals 0% to 40% of the refined population of income, age and health qualified households. Therefore, the saturation level is estimated at 40% of the qualified demand. Applying the saturation level to the qualified demand results in the gross demand for assisted living services in the PMA. COMPETITIVE SUPPLY There are no existing or proposed comparable memory care assisted living beds in the PMA. Therefore, the competitive supply estimate for the PMA in 2011 and 2016 is zero. The following table summarizes the age, income, living status and health qualified demand from the PMA: Page 78 Age, Health and Income Qualified Population Calculation Year 2011 65+ Population 2016 3,815 4,784 Health Qualifier: 65-74 1: 2,200 x 0.0% = 0 2,904 x 0.0% = 0 75-84: 1,169 x 19.0% = 222 1,340 x 19.0% = 255 446 x 42.0% = 187 540 x 42.0% = 227 85+: Health Qualified Percent with income Above $46,555 Health and Income Qualified Non Married Households Single, Health and Income Qualified Persons Peripheral Demand Adjusted Single, Health and Income Qualified Persons Saturation Rate Adjusted Gross Demand Less Competitive Supply at 93.0% Net Demand 409 481 19.9% 19.9% 82 96 61.2% 61.2% 50 59 90% 90% 56 65 40.0% 40.0% 22 26 0 0 22 26 There is currently unmet demand for 22 memory care assisted living beds in 2011, which increases to 26 beds in 2016. This reflects the projected aged 75 and older population growth (16.4%) in the PMA. The net demand estimates for 2011 (22 beds) and 2016 (26 beds) are slightly greater than the subject’s proposed number of memory care assisted living beds (20 beds). This reflects that there are currently no existing assisted living communities within the subject’s PMA. The above mentioned factors, combined with the current high occupancy levels of existing area memory care assisted living facilities located outside of the PMA in Nashville, are an indication that there is adequate support for the development of the subject’s proposed 20 memory care assisted living beds. Page 79 HIGHEST AND BEST USE “Highest and best use” may be defined as: The reasonably probable and legal use of vacant land or an improved property, which is physically possible, appropriately supported, financially feasible, and that results in the highest value.7 For existing properties, two analyses of highest and best use are required. The first is the highest and best use "as vacant," which assumes that the actual improvements do not exist. The outcome of the highest and best use "as vacant" determines how the land value will be determined. The second highest and best use analysis is "as improved," which considers the actual improvements. The highest and best use of the land "as vacant" may be different from the highest and best use of the improved property. This may be true when the improvement is not the maximally productive use, yet still makes a contribution to the total property in excess of land value. The highest and best use of both the land as though vacant and the property as improved must meet four criteria. The highest and best use must be legally permissible, physically possible, financially feasible and maximally productive. Legally Permissible − uses that are allowed by private restrictions, zoning, building codes, historic districts, environmental regulations and possible long-term leases. Physically Possible − considers the size, shape, area, terrain and accessibility of a parcel, and the risk of natural disasters such as floods or earthquakes. Financially Feasible − which uses are likely to satisfy operating expenses, financial obligation and capital amortization. All uses that are expected to produce a positive return are regarded as financially feasible. Maximally Productive − of the financially feasible uses, the use that produces the highest residual land value consistent with the rate of return warranted by the market for that use is the highest and best use. 7 The Appraisal of Real Estate, Thirteenth Edition, Appraisal Institute, Illinois, 2008, page 278. Page 80 HIGHEST AND BEST USE AS THOUGH VACANT Highest and best use as though vacant assumes that the subject site is vacant and available for development. LEGALLY PERMISSIBLE Legal restrictions to a site are typically private deeded restrictions or public restrictions created by zoning. Additional legal restrictions may include a lease or similar encumbrance such as an easement, encroachment or an attachment to the site. We are unaware of any leases on the land, recorded easements, deed restrictions or environmental restrictions that would limit development of the site. According to the According to the Ashland City Department of Codes and Building Safety, the proposed parcel is part of a Planned Unit Development (PUD). The PUD is specific to the proposed subject as well as the existing adjacent multi-family apartment complex (VantagePointe Homes at Marrowbone Heights). A copy of the PUD agreement is included in the addendum to this report. According to Michael Armstrong, the city’s Building and Coding Official, there are no specific zoning regulations or development restrictions for a PUD in Ashland City. In addition, within a PUD, any proposed use is potentially a legal and confirming use. Therefore, the subject would be a legal, conforming use. It is unlikely that there would be any adverse reactions from local residents to develop the site given the predetermined zoning. PHYSICALLY POSSIBLE The size, shape, available utilities, terrain, accessibility and risk of natural disasters all affect potential development of the subject site. Only typical utility easements exist on the subject site, which do not limit its potential development. The subject site is an irregularly shaped, interior lot that slopes upward to the east. It contains approximately 191,882 square feet, or 4.405 acres. The subject site provides good functional utility for potential developments. The site soils appear adequate to support a variety of development types. All public utilities are available and of adequate Page 81 capacity to support a variety of development. The subject could support any of the legally permitted uses. Based upon the legal constraints, as set forth by the Zoning District and the surrounding uses in the subject's immediate area, in conjunction with the site's physical characteristics, the most probable use is a senior living facility. FINANCIALLY FEASIBLE The next step in the analysis is to consider the financial feasibility of those uses which are legally permitted and physically possible. Any use of the subject site that provides an acceptable financial return to the land is financially feasible. The primary test is whether the particular use results in a market value that is high enough to cover all development costs, or whether the income generated by the property is sufficient to satisfy all operating expenses. Based upon the development of other sites in the area, a senior living facility is financially feasible. MAXIMALLY PRODUCTIVE The use that produces the highest residual land value is the highest and best use. Therefore, the maximally productive use of the subject, assuming it is vacant and available for development, is a senior living facility. HIGHEST AND BEST USE AS IMPROVED This analysis considers the property with the existing improvements in place. The highest and best use of the property as improved is analyzed for the following two reasons: 1. To identify the property use that can be expected to produce the highest overall return for each dollar of capital invested. 2. To apply the principle of consistent use to the collection and selection of data. All the comparable data used later in this report were partially selected due to their similar highest and best use. Page 82 The same four tests that are applied to arrive at the highest and best use as though vacant are also applied to determine the highest and best use as improved. LEGALLY PERMISSIBLE The proposed improvements will be a legally conforming use according to current zoning regulations. Considering the density and configuration of the proposed improvements, any addition to the property is not warranted. PHYSICALLY POSSIBLE The proposed improvements will consist of a four-story, 81,252-square-foot senior living facility which will adequately serve their intended function and, therefore, pass the physically possible test. As indicated in the description of improvements, since the subject facility will be of new construction, no deferred maintenance is implied. FINANCIALLY FEASIBLE AND MAXIMALLY PRODUCTIVE The three basic questions addressed in the financially feasible analysis are as follows: 1. Will the proposed improvements contribute to the land value? 2. Should the proposed improvements be modified? 3. Should the improvements be left alone? The method used to determine if the proposed improvements will contribute to the overall property is to compare the estimated total market value derived in this report to the value of the site, less the cost of demolition. If the latter is higher, the proposed improvements should not be built. If the value of the site less demolition is much lower than the overall value, the proposed improvements reflect a financially feasible use. Page 83 Based on the conclusions within this report, the value of the proposed subject property assuming completion of construction and stabilization is higher than the value of the subject site. Therefore, proposed improvements will add considerable value to the site and are a financially feasible use. The financially feasible and maximally productive use of the subject is for its proposed use. As of the date of value, the real estate is hypothetically assumed as being used as an assisted living facility. This use is reflected in the appraisal. VALUATION METHODOLOGY An appraisal is an orderly process in which the data used to estimate the value of the subject property is acquired, classified, analyzed and presented. Appraisal methodology applied to any specific property or property types must emulate the rationale of market participants. The first step is defining the appraisal problem, i.e., the identification of the real estate, the effective date of value, the property rights being appraised and the type of value sought. Once this has been accomplished, the appraiser collects and analyzes the factors that affect the market value of the subject property. There are three recognized approaches in the valuation of real property: the Cost, Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization approaches. The type and age of the property and the quality and quantities of available data affect the applicability of each approach in a specific appraisal situation. The basic tenet of all three appraisal approaches is the principle of substitution. This principle is defined as follows: When several similar or commensurate commodities, goods, or services are available, the one with the lowest price attracts the greatest demand and widest distribution.8 8 Ibid., page 38. Page 84 This principle assumes rational, prudent market behavior, with no undue cost due to delay. According to the principle of substitution, a buyer will not pay more for a property than another that is equally desirable. It affirms that a prudent purchaser has three alternative courses of action available: to buy a vacant site and build a similar property (Cost Approach), to acquire an equally desirable existing property offering comparable utility (Sales Comparison Approach), or to acquire a substitute income stream of comparable quality, quantity and durability (Income Capitalization Approach). In the Cost Approach, the current cost of constructing the subject improvements is estimated, less all forms of depreciation plus the market value of the underlying land. The result is the indicated property value via the Cost Approach. The Sales Comparison Approach involves a search for recent sales and current listings of comparable properties and an analysis of the selected data as they relate to the subject. The two indicators of value employed in this approach are the price per bed and the effective gross income multiplier. In valuing skilled nursing buildings, the most common unit of comparison is the price per bed. Comparable data is adjusted to compensate for differences. An analysis of the comparable data is then made to arrive at a current estimate of the market value of the subject. The second method is based on selecting an effective gross rent multiplier, which is derived from the market data, and multiplying it by the subject's estimated effective gross income. Based upon these two techniques, an estimate of value via the Sales Comparison Approach is determined. The Income Capitalization Approach involves an estimate of a property's capacity to produce income. This method involves estimating market rent for the subject property, typical vacancy and credit loss rates and expenses. From this, an estimate of the net operating income can be generated. There are two primary methods to value the income stream of a property. One is the Direct Capitalization Method, which capitalizes the net operating income by a single rate derived from the market. The second method is a Discounted Cash Flow Analysis, which projects the income and expense streams for a specified holding period. The ultimate reversion from the sale of the property at the end of the holding period is also considered. Based upon HUD guidelines, the Discounted Cash Flow Analysis is not a permitted method and therefore will not be utilized. The final step in the valuation process is the reconciliation of the three value indications into a single conclusion of value for the subject. The reliability and precision of each approach are considered, along with possible inconsistencies with the other approaches. Thus, certain approaches may be emphasized because of more reliable data and analyses, or because of a greater degree of relevance to the behavior of the marketplace. Page 85 The subject will be valued utilizing all three approaches to value. The Cost Approach will be presented first, followed by the Sales Comparison Approach and the Income Capitalization Approach. The valuation will conclude with a reconciliation of the three approaches and a final estimate of value. Value estimates determined by the Cost, Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization approaches are rounded to the nearest $10,000. COST APPROACH The Cost Approach is divided into three segments: the land value estimate, the estimated cost new of the improvements and the depreciation estimate. The Cost Approach is also known as the summation approach because at the end of the approach, the three segments are brought together to derive an indication of value. Each one of these three processes is further described later in this section. LAND VALUATION Anticipation, change, supply and demand, substitution and balance are appraisal principles that influence land value. The subject is valued in accordance with its highest and best use and assumed to be vacant. The procedures used to value vacant land are as follows. Sales Comparison: sales of similar parcels of land are analyzed, compared and adjusted to provide a value indication for the land being appraised. Allocation: allocates total value, including improvements, to land and building. The principles of balance and the related concept of contribution affirm that there is a typical ratio of land value to property value for specific categories of real estate in specific locations. This method is typically used when adequate land sales do not exist. Extraction: land value is extracted from the sale price of an improved property by deducting the value contribution of the improvements, estimated at their depreciated costs. Income Capitalization: converts, via a capitalization or discount rate, a cash flow attributable to the land into value. Page 86 The Sales Comparison procedure is the most common technique for valuing land and it is the preferred method when comparable sales are available. Based upon the quantity and quality of the available data herein, the Sales Comparison procedure is used to estimate land value. SURVEY OF COMPARABLE LAND DATA In order to estimate the value of the subject site, an extensive survey is conducted for comparable sales, sales negotiations and offerings of vacant or minimally improved sites within the surrounding area. Land in the subject area is purchased, sold and valued on a price-per-square-foot basis. The unit of comparison used in this analysis is the price per square foot. The research of vacant land sales included conversations with local appraisers, real estate professionals and municipal employees that are based in the Ashland City/Cheatham County areas. However, none of these professionals were able to provide any adequate land sales with these areas. Given this factor, land sales within similar Nashville/Davidson County areas were utilized in this analysis. The data most pertinent in formulating an opinion of value are presented in the following table. A sheet summarizing the sales along with a map is located in the addendum. American House of Bonita Springs S ummary of Comparable Land Data Sale Location Date Zoning Size SF Size Acres Price Price/SF Price/Acre 1 5110 Ashland City Highway 2 7960 Coley Davis Road 3 2810 Tucker Road Nashville Nashville Nashville 4/28/2011 CL 7/7/2009 SP 10/30/2008 R10 127,631 251,777 104,980 2.93 5.78 2.41 $245,500 $1,000,000 $125,000 $1.92 $3.97 $1.19 $83,788 $173,010 $51,867 The above comparable sales indicate an unadjusted price range of $1.19 to $3.97 per square foot. Adjustments were made for factors such as property rights conveyed, financing terms, conditions of Page 87 sale, market conditions (time), location, access and visibility, and physical characteristics, such as topography, shape, size and zoning. EXPLANATION OF ADJUSTMENTS Property Rights All of the comparable sales reflect fee simple estates. No adjustments are warranted for this factor. Financing The verification process indicates that the prices of the transactions used in this analysis are considered to be cash-equivalent prices. No adjustments are warranted for this factor. Conditions of Sale This adjustment takes into account any unusual conditions or circumstances that may affect the sales or listing price. Utilities and offsite improvements were available to all of the comparable sales. In addition, all of the comparable sales sold vacant and ready for development. Information gathered through the search and verification process indicates that all buyers and sellers were typically motivated with no undue influences. No adjustments are warranted for this factor. Market Conditions The next adjustment was made to account for the influence of change in market conditions between the transaction dates and the date of valuation. The comparable sales have transacted within the last three years. According to local brokers, there has only been limited development activity in the Ashland City area, as the lack of available financing has slowed down new development and land acquisition in the area. This has resulted in no significant pressure on land prices. Accordingly, no adjustments are warranted for this factor. Page 88 Location The location adjustment is the next category considered. Factors such as the quality of the surrounding improvements, proximity to arterials and business centers and convenience to residential neighborhoods are all influences that affect the location and, hence, the value of a site. The subject property will be located in Ashland City, Tennessee, within a planned unit development that currently is improved with a multi-family apartment complex. The subject’s site is also located along a well traveled area roadway (Highway 12 South), which provides direct access to the downtown section of Ashland City (approximately two miles south) and is improved with several significant commercial and retail land uses. The majority of development in the subject’s area is located along Highway 12 South. Given this factor, the subject’s neighborhood is defined as a onemile radius from the subject. Comparable Sale 1 is located 6.1 miles east of the subject in a less developed section of Nashville, approximately 3.2 miles east of the border between Cheatham and Davidson Counties. This sale is also located on Highway 12 South (referred to as Ashland City Highway in Davidson County) and is positioned within a neighborhood that is similar to the subject’s area. This parcel also possesses similar access and frontage characteristics to the subject’s site. At the time of sale the site was vacant and the intensions of the buyer are currently unclear. The overall quality and condition of the surroundings and local demographics are similar to the subject’s neighborhood. This parcel is the most similar to the subject’s site and required no adjustment. Comparable Sale 2 is located 12.0 miles southeast of the subject in a residential section of Nashville. The site sold vacant and was scheduled to be improved with a 98-unit townhome community (Harpes Spring Village). However, given the slowdown in the Nashville area housing market, plans for the development of this community are currently on hold. Although the parcel is located on a moderately traveled road, it is visible from U.S. Intestate 40. The parcel is also located adjacent to Somerset Farms, a single-family residential home community that was constructed in the late 1990s. Other surrounding uses predominantly consist of single-family residential homes and vacant land. The overall quality and condition of the surroundings are similar to the subject’s neighborhood. However, Page 89 the local demographics are superior, as the parcel is located in a more affluent area than the subject’s neighborhood. Accordingly, a downward adjustment is warranted. Comparable Sale 3 is located 11.3 miles east of the subject in northwestern Nashville. It is located on a lightly traveled local roadway and the immediately surrounding uses are either vacant land or residentially supportive commercial uses. However, the area is part of a larger residential area. Land uses in the parcel's immediate area appear to be in fair condition. The overall quality and condition of the surroundings and local demographics are similar to the subject’s neighborhood and no adjusted is warranted. Zoning The subject site is zoned in a PUD (Planned Unit Development), which predominantly includes the development of the subject and an existing multifamily apartment complex. However, according to local planning officials, any proposed use within a PUD is considered to be an allowable use. Land Sale 1 is located in a commercial zone that will allow the development of a diverse range of allowable land uses. Some of these land uses are capable of generating a consistent cash flow stream. Given this factor, no adjustment was applied to Land Sale 1. Land Sale 2 is zoned “Special Project”, with the only allowable use being a proposed 98-unit townhome community. The development of the community is currently on hold. If the current owner desires to develop a different use on the parcel, the owner will have to have the site rezoned. This severely restricts the development potential of the site. Therefore, this sale was adjusted upward. Land Sale 3 is zoned R-10, which only allows for construction of a one- and two-family residential homes. Given the limited number of allowable uses for this site, this sale received an upward zoning adjustment. Page 90 Topography The subject property’s slopes upward to the east, but this will not hinder its overall utility. All of the comparable sales also have functional topography. As such, no adjustments are warranted. Shape The shape of a land parcel is a primary factor in determining the utility of the site. It limits as well as strongly influences the type of configuration of the improvements developed on the land. The subject site is irregular in shape. The shape is adequate for most types of development. All the comparable sales have functional shapes. No adjustments are warranted. Exposure This adjustment takes into consideration the positive effect upon the value of a location’s exposure and considers the positive effect upon the value of a corner site versus an interior location. The subject site is an interior site and will have excellent exposure along Highway 12 South. Sale 1 is located on the same roadway and will have similar exposure. Sale 2 is located on a moderately traveled roadway, but will also possess exposure from U.S. Interstate 40. Therefore, Sale 2 possesses superior exposure to the subject’s site. Given this factor, this sale received a downward adjustment. Sale 3 will have exposure on a lightly traveled residential roadway and received an upward adjustment. Size The subject property contains an area of 191,882 square feet, or 4.405 acres. The comparable sales range in size from 104,980 to 251,777 square feet. Typically, a larger property will sell for a lower price per square foot compared to an otherwise similar but smaller property. All of the comparables sales vary in size from the subject’s site, but not to the degree that require any adjustment. The Comparable Land Sales Adjustment Grid is presented below: Page 91 VantagePointe Village at Ashland City Comparable Land Data Adjustment Grid Subject 1 2 1164 Vantage Pointe 5110 Ashland City 7960 Coley Davis Road Highway Road Ashland City Nashville Nashville Parcel Data Parcel Number Zoning Topography Shape Corner/Interior Size (SF) Size (Acres) Sales Data Recording Doc. # Date Interest Price Price Per SF Adjustments Property Rights Nashville Not Applicable 067-00-0-145.00 141-00-0-088.00 070-02-0-001.00 PUD Level Irregular Interior 191,882 4.41 CL Moderately Sloping Irregular Interior 127,631 2.93 SP Level Irregular Interior 251,777 5.78 R10 Level Irregular Interior 104,980 2.41 N/A N/A Fee simple N/A N/A 20110503-0033764 4/28/11 Fee simple $245,500 $1.92 2009000312221 7/7/09 Fee simple $1,000,000 $3.97 20081030-0108408 10/30/08 Fee simple $125,000 $1.19 0 245,500 0 245,500 0 245,500 0 $245,500 $1.92 0 1,000,000 0 1,000,000 0 1,000,000 0 $1,000,000 $3.97 0 125,000 0 125,000 0 125,000 0 $125,000 $1.19 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% $1.92 $1.92 -20.0% 10.0% 0.0% 0.0% -20.0% 0.0% -30.0% $2.78 $2.78 0.0% 10.0% 0.0% 0.0% 10.0% 0.0% 20.0% $1.43 $1.43 Financing Conditions of Sale Market Conditions Adjusted Sale Price Adjusted Price Per SF Adjustments Location Zoning Topography Shape Exposure Size Overall Adjustment Adjusted Price Per SF Low High Mean Median $1.43 $2.78 $2.04 $1.92 Conclusion $2.00 Rounded 3 2810 Tucker Road x 191,882 $383,764 $380,000 Page 92 CONCLUSION OF LAND VALUE After adjustments, the above comparable sales indicate a range in value of $1.43 to $2.78 per square foot, with a mean of $2.04 and a median of $1.92 per square foot. The comparable sales require net overall adjustments of -30% to 20%. Sale 1 is very similar to the subject’s site, requires no adjustment and is given primary emphasis. Sale 2 and 3 both required adjustment for zoning and exposure and Sale 2 also required a location adjustment. The land value is therefore estimated as follows: $2.00 per SF × 191,882 SF = Rounded $383,764 $380,000 The subject site is valued as raw land. The current owner has made several improvements to the site including extending utilities, clearing, and constructing a mandatory construction road. These items add value to the site. Since land typically sells as raw land without these items or entitlements, these items are added to the value of the raw land below: Land Value (Raw Land) Prepaid Items Extend Electrical Service to Site Construct Code Mandated Construction Road, $50,000 Extend Fiber Optics to the Site Clearing Grubbing and Preliminary Site Preparation Extend Sewer Lines to the Site Extend Water Lines to the Site Prepaid Total: Value of Site with Improvements Rounded $380,000 $6,500 50,000 97,000 22,500 29,325 25,650 $230,975 $610,975 $610,000 BUILDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS VALUATION The building and land improvements have been valued on the basis of replacement cost new less accrued depreciation. The cost new was estimated via the Calculator Cost Method with cost factors obtained from Marshall Valuation Service, a nationally recognized cost manual. The unit cost is based on gross building area. Marshall Valuation Service includes all direct costs and the following indirect costs: Page 93 § § § § Plans, specifications and building permits. The cost of interim money during normal periods of construction, not discount points or permanent financing charges. Sales tax on materials. Contractor’s overhead and profit, including workman’s compensation, fire and liability insurance, and unemployment insurance. DIRECT COSTS Direct costs include only the hard costs associated with the construction of the building. The Calculator Cost Method from Marshall Valuation Service has been utilized. This method provides the average base cost for typical buildings classified by construction class and quality of construction. The subject is a proposed assisted living facility that will contain 60 assisted living units (60 beds) and 20 memory care assisted living units (20 beds), totaling 81,252 square feet. The quality of construction is expected to be good and the condition of the improvements is assumed new. The base cost per square foot of gross building area is as follows: Category Section/Page Quality Base Cost multiple residences elderly assisted living 12/20 good $96.08 Adjustments to the base cost include fire sprinklers, elevators, height, perimeter, time and location. Site improvements include all improvements excluding the building. These typically include parking lots, signage, fencing, lighting, landscaping and walkways. In calculating these costs, the Cost-PerSquare-Foot Method from Marshall Valuation Service was used and any extra improvement costs not covered by this method were added. Site improvements are estimated on a price per square foot of the site area less the building footprint. This calculation is as follows: Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Site Improvements Site Size 191,881 Building Footprint 20,313 Site Improvements 171,568 Price per SF of Improvements $2.00 Total $343,136 Rounded $340,000 Page 94 Comparable Cost Method In addition to using Marshall Valuation Service to estimate the direct cost of the subject facility, construction costs for new assisted living projects have been considered. The following table summarizes construction costs from recently developed assisted living projects: Facility City, State Comparable Construction Cost Data Building Year Building Cost Quality Size (SF) Units Built $ PSF Per Unit $ FF&E Per Unit 1) Bressi Ranch Carlsbad, California Excellent 39,550 80 2009 $10,705,000 $270.67 $133,813 $775,000 $9,688 2) Ashton Plantation Luling, Louisiana Excellent 55,014 60 2010 $7,402,656 $134.56 $123,378 $250,000 $4,167 Good 68,003 94 2010 $7,270,300 $106.91 $500,000 $5,319 4) Ambassador at Scarsdale Scarsdale, New York Excellent 118,767 115 2010 $24,408,700 $205.52 $212,250 5) My Doctor's Inn Sterling Heights, Michigan Good 87,000 90 2009 $13,994,888 $160.86 $155,499 $450,000 $5,000 6) The Oasis at Brown Mesa, Arizona Good 40,238 50 2009 $6,649,797 $165.26 $132,996 $280,000 $5,600 7) Assisted Living of Pahrump Good 49,855 60 Pahrump, Nevada Year Built - May also be date of construction contract/bid. Total Cost - Excludes land, fill up, FF&E and entrepreneurial profit. 2009 $6,048,269 $121.32 $100,804 $280,000 $4,667 3) Grace Assisted Living Farr West, Utah $77,344 $2,000,000 $17,391 The building costs indicate a range of $106.91 to $270.67 per square foot, or $77,344 to $212,250 per unit. However, adjustments for time and location can be applied to refine the indicated range for the subject’s location. The following grid applies time and location factors to each of the projects: Page 95 Adjusted Comparable Construction Cost Data Time Adjustment Location Adjustments Building Cost Year Factor Adj Cost Local National Avg Subj Factor Adj Cost Facility Bressi Ranch PSF Per Unit $10,705,000 2009 1.025 $10,972,625 1.17 $9,378,312 0.91 $8,534,264 $215.78 $106,678 Ashton Plantation $7,402,656 2010 1.000 $7,402,656 0.91 $8,134,787 0.91 $7,402,656 $134.56 $123,378 Grace Assisted Living $7,270,300 2010 1.000 $7,270,300 0.97 $7,495,155 0.91 $6,820,591 $100.30 Ambassador at Scarsdale $24,408,700 2010 1.000 $24,408,700 1.31 $18,632,595 0.91 $16,955,662 $142.76 $147,441 My Doctor's Inn $13,994,888 2009 1.032 $14,442,724 1.15 $12,558,891 0.91 $11,428,591 $131.36 $126,984 The Oasis at Brown $6,649,797 2009 1.048 $6,968,987 0.97 $7,184,523 0.91 $6,537,916 $162.48 $130,758 Assisted Living of Pahrump $6,048,269 2009 1.052 $6,362,779 1.16 $5,485,154 0.91 $4,991,490 $100.12 $83,192 $100.12 $215.78 $134.56 $141.05 $72,559 $147,441 $123,378 $112,999 Low High Median Mean Time Adjustment - Marshall Valuation - Sec 98, Pgs 15-36; Local Adjustment - Sec 99 $72,559 After adjusting for time and location, the comparable data indicates a range of $100.12 to $215.78 per square foot and $72,559 to $147,441 per unit. The subject’s quality of construction is assumed to be good, which indicates a price per square foot similar to Grace Assisted Living, My Doctor’s Inn, The Oasis at Brown, or Assisted Living of Pahrump. The Oasis at Brown is a smaller property. Thus, its per-square-foot construction costs are higher. Based on the data presented above, a direct cost of $105.00 per square foot is estimated. Base Cost Gross Building Area Total Direct Costs $105.00 81,252 $8,531,460 Direct Cost Summary and Reconciliation The two methods indicate a direct cost of $7,739,167 to $8,531,460 and are supportive of one another. The comparable cost method is given more emphasis, as it is based on actual current construction costs of assisted living facilities adjusted for time and location. Therefore, the direct cost estimated in the analysis is $8,400,000. The following is a summary of the direct costs: Page 96 Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Summary of Direct Costs Marshall Valuation Service Base Cost $96.08 $/SF Adjustments Sprinklers 3.00 Elevators 0.00 $99.08 Multipliers Height 1.00 Perimeter 1.00 Time 1.01 Location 0.91 Adjusted Base Cost $91.06 Gross Building Area 81,252 Direct Cost - Buildings Direct Cost - Site Improvements Total Direct Costs Marshall Valuation Service Cost PSF $7,399,167 340,000 $7,739,167 $95.25 Comparable Cost Method Base Cost Gross Building Area Total Direct Costs $8,531,460 Concluded Direct Costs $105.00 81,252 $8,400,000 INDIRECT COSTS The indirect costs include such items as financing points, the property taxes on land during construction, revenue loss during construction, marketing and entrepreneurial profit. Financing: Financing points are estimated at 2%, based on a 75% loan-to-value ratio of the direct costs of the building and site improvement, plus land value and equipment. Property Taxes: Taxes are calculated based on the market value of the land during construction, assumed to take 12 months. This time frame is based on estimations received from contractors who specialize in the construction of convalescent hospitals. Entrepreneurial Profit: This profit is a necessary element in the enticement for undertaking the cost and risks associated with developing a property such as the subject. The amount of entrepreneurial profit varies according to economic conditions and types of development, exhibiting a fairly wide range. An entrepreneurial profit of of direct and indirect costs is utilized in this analysis. Marketing: A marketing expense is estimated in order to account for the initial marketing effort required to bring a property to a stabilized level. Based upon Page 97 experiences of several national and regional providers, this expense ranges from $1,500 to $3,500 per unit. An estimate of $2,500 per unit is utilized. Revenue Loss: This expense accounts for the difference in revenue between a stabilized property and a property in the initial absorption period. This expense is based upon an absorption period of 24 months, multiplied by the number of units to be absorbed, multiplied by an average monthly revenue, which equals a total potential revenue loss. Since the absorption of units will occur gradually over time, the midpoint is utilized. Therefore, the total revenue loss is divided in half, which is the average loss. This amount is further reduced by 40% to account for lower variable expenses during the absorption period. Therefore, the revenue loss during absorption is estimated as follows: Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Revenue Loss Absorption Period Stabilized AMC Less Beds Pre Leased Remaining Beds to be Absorbed Average Monthly Revenue Total Estimated Loss Average Loss % offset by reduced expenses Revenue loss Rounded 24 73.2 14.6 58.6 $4,036 $5,672,836 $2,836,418 40.0% $1,701,851 $1,700,000 DEPRECIATION Depreciation of a structure is its loss in value due to physical deterioration and obsolescence. These terms are defined as follows: Physical Deterioration: The loss in value due to ordinary wear and tear, i.e., age and natural forces taking their toll on the improvements. This begins at the time the building is completed and continues throughout its physical life. Functional Obsolescence: An element of accrued depreciation resulting from deficiencies or superadequacies in the structure. External Obsolescence: An element of accrued depreciation; a defect, usually incurable, caused by negative influences outside a site and generally incurable on the part of the owner, landlord or tenant. The assignment of an economic life assumes that, except for the building shell and foundation, shorter-lived building components will be replaced periodically over the life of the building. Page 98 The subject is a proposed assisted living and memory care facility. The quality of construction is assumed to be good and the condition of improvements will be new upon completion of construction, and is assumed to exhibit no physical depreciation. No deferred maintenance is expected; therefore, no depreciation is estimated in the analysis. Considering those factors that influence the subject’s total economic life, the subject is estimated to have an economic life of 60 years. Economic life is the period over which the improvements to the real estate contribute to the value of the property. No functional or external obsolescence is expected. EQUIPMENT VALUATION Depreciated equipment value in assisted living facilities typically range from $3,500 to $9,500 per unit. The low end of this range represents equipment that is either sparse in quantity, low in quality or highly depreciated. The upper end of the range would be expected at a newer facility or a facility with a higher percentage of private rooms. The estimated equipment value per unit is calculated as follows: $7,500 per bed x 80 beds Rounded = $600,000 $600,000 RECONCILIATION WITH MANAGEMENT’S COST SCHEDULE The cost analysis (see Summary of Cost Approach below) is based on estimates of both national and regional construction costs provided by Marshall Valuation Service, as well as actual cost data from recently constructed assisted living facilities. The following table compares construction costs based on Management’s construction budget and the appraiser’s cost estimate: Page 99 Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Cost Schedule Reconciliation Management Structures and Site Improvements $4,955,599 General Requirements 495,000 Contingencies and Other Construction Costs 632,252 Design and Pre-Construction Costs 318,160 Land 690,000 7,091,011 Subtotal Financing and Other Closing Costs 661,638 FF&E 350,000 Marketing 129,000 Other Development Costs 38,094 Revenue Loss 1,251,579 Entrepreneurial Profit 0 $9,521,322 Total Appraisal $8,400,000 0 0 0 380,000 8,780,000 150,000 600,000 120,000 0 1,700,000 1,550,000 $12,900,000 The appraisal includes $1,550,000 for Entrepreneurial Profit which is not accounted for in Management’s Construction Cost Schedule. Adjusting for this, the adjusted Management total cost of $11,071,322 is closer to the appraisal cost estimate. The Management cost estimate seems low but feasible given the location of the proposed facility. The Cost Approach is summarized below: Page 100 Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Summary of Cost Approach Concluded Direct Costs Indirect Costs Financing Points $140,700 Taxes During Construction 4,750 Marketing 120,000 Revenue Loss 1,700,000 Entrepreneurial Profit 1,550,000 Total Indirect Costs Replacement Cost New $3,515,450 $11,915,450 Depreciation Deferred Maintenance Physical - Buildings Physical - Site Improvements Functional Obsolescence External Obsolescence Total Depreciation Depreciated Replacement Cost $0 $11,915,450 Land Value Equipment $8,400,000 $0 0 0 0 0 $380,000 600,000 Indicated Value - Cost Approach Rounded $12,895,450 $12,900,000 COST APPROACH SUMMARY Based on the aforementioned data and analysis, the market value, via the Cost Approach of the assets comprising the subject property, is represented in the following rounded amount: Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Summary of Cost Approach Land Improvements Furniture, Fixture and Equipment Total INSURABLE VALUE “Insurable value” is defined as follows: $380,000 11,920,000 600,000 $12,900,000 Page 101 Value used by insurance companies as the basis for insurance. Often considered to be replacement or reproduction cost less deterioration and non-insurable items. Sometimes cash value or market value but often entirely a cost concept. (Marshall & Swift, Section 3, Page 2) For the purposes of this report, insurable value is estimated by adding the cost of furniture, fixtures and equipment to the replacement cost new. Insurable value is estimated as follows: Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Summary of Insurable Value Replacement Cost New $11,915,450 Less Financing Points -$140,700 Marketing -120,000 Revenue Loss -1,700,000 Entrepreneurial Profit -1,550,000 Equipment 600,000 Total $9,004,750 SALES COMPARISON APPROACH The Sales Comparison Approach is a method of estimating value by comparing prices paid for similar properties. Property prices are a direct function of the balance between supply and demand for real estate. This approach, like the Cost Approach, is based upon the principle of substitution. The principle of substitution implies that a prudent investor will not pay more for a property than it would cost to buy a substitute property with similar utility and desirability. The reliability of this approach is dependent upon the availability of recent sales or listings of competitive properties in the market and the degree of comparability of each sale with the appraised property. Therefore, the sales used in this are analyzed as follows: § Qualitative Analysis: This is a technique used for analyzing comparable sales in which the characteristics of a comparable facility are rated as inferior, similar or superior to the subject. This analysis does not attempt to make adjustments to the comparable sales, but rather rates the sales in comparison to the subject. A value Page 102 indication can then be determined by considering the comparable sale price per unit and its relative ranking to the subject. § Quantitative Analysis: This analysis adjusts the price per unit of the comparable sales based on net operating income (NOI) per unit compared to the subject’s estimated NOI per unit derived in the Income Approach. § Effective Gross Income Analysis: The effective gross income multiplier (EGIM) is applied to the subject’s effective gross income developed in the Income Approach. The appropriate EGIM is obtained from other recent transactions of similar facilities. The following procedures are utilized in the application of the Sales Comparison Approach: § Research the market for information on sales transactions, listings and offers to purchase or sell involving properties that are similar to the subject property in terms of property type, date of sale, size, physical condition, location, zoning and highest and best use. Due to the lack of recent sales in the subject’s state of Tennessee, the market area is determined to also include the states of North Carolina, Massachusetts and Ohio. Although differences exist between the subject’s state of Tennessee and the other sales’ states, they share similar proximity and demographic characteristics. As such, facilities in this area compete with each other for similar investors. Several sources were utilized to research sales. § Verify the information by confirming that the data obtained are factually accurate and that the transactions reflect arm's-length market considerations. Verification was performed through discussions with one or more of the following parties: buyer, seller and/or the listing or selling brokers. § Select relevant units of comparison and develop a comparative analysis for each unit. During the verification process, the unit of comparison most commonly used by buyers, sellers and brokers was the price per unit. As a test of reasonableness, a second unit of comparison, the effective gross income multiplier, has been utilized. § Compare comparable sale properties with the subject property using the elements of comparison and adjust the price of each comparable to the subject property. Information sheets, photographs and a map of all comparable sales are presented in the addendum. The selected properties used are the highest and best use of their respective sites. § Reconcile the various value indications produced from the analysis of comparable data into a single value indication. The comparable facility transactions are presented below, followed by an analysis: Page 103 Facility Units Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Comparable Improved Sales Data Year Sales Sales Built Date Price Price/ Units Occupancy at Sale NOI/ Units EGIM Cap. Rate (Ro) 1 The Terrace at Mountain Creek Chattanooga, TN 116 1985 8/31/2010 $8,500,000 $73,276 97.0% $6,969 2.42 9.5% 2 Spring Arbor of Hickory Hickory, NC 43 1995 4/30/2009 $4,750,000 $110,465 91.6% $9,173 2.21 8.3% 3 Two MA ALFs Acton and Franklin, MA 176 1999/2000 4/30/2010 $43,000,000 $244,318 97.0% $19,568 4.37 8.0% 4 The Manor at Autumn Hills Niles, OH 51 1998 5/27/2008 $6,200,000 $121,569 N/A $11,450 3.60 9.4% 5 Carraige Court of Hillard Hilliard, OH 102 1998 12/22/2010 $17,500,000 $171,569 95.0% $15,920 3.80 9.3% 6 Residence of Chardon Chardon, OH 42 2000 5/25/2011 $4,375,000 $104,167 100.0% $8,974 2.61 8.6% 80 2013 N/A N/A N/A 91.5% $14,995 N/A N/A Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Ashland City, TN Page 104 PRICE PER UNIT COMPARISON – ASSISTED LIVING As with nursing facilities the age, construction quality, and condition of a facility are interrelated factors. The age and condition of a building must be considered if there is physical depreciation or functional obsolescence. Construction design and materials as well as routine maintenance affect the degree of depreciation and obsolescence. The following charts illustrate the average price per bed/unit by age of facility, according to a survey conducted for The Senior Care Acquisition Report, Sixteenth Edition, 2011, published by Irving Levin Associates. Overall, occupancy is an important factor, impacting the profitability of a facility. Generally, a higher occupancy rate translates into a lower expense ratio. In a well-managed facility wherein expenses are contained at reasonable levels, an increase in revenue will result in an increase in profitability. Since the profitability of a business is a key element in determining its value, facilities with a high occupancy level tend to be more valuable. Economics or NOI per bed/unit often reflects other factors of a facility, such as its location or age and condition. However, economics in and of itself will often have a pronounced influence on value. Building size can be analyzed on a gross-building-size-per-bed/unit basis. A low area-per-bed ratio may indicate overcrowding or crowdedness in general, characteristic of facilities with large multibed wards. Assisted living facilities with high area-per-bed ratios often have larger numbers of one-bed private rooms, which tend to achieve higher rents. Page 105 According to a survey conducted for The Senior Care Acquisition Report, Sixteenth Edition, 2011, published by Irving Levin Associates, the price paid per bed generally increases as the building size per bed/unit increases. The relationship is illustrated in the following charts: QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS This analysis compares physical, operational and locational factors of the sales to the subject. The following chart presents this comparison: Page 106 Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Improved Sales Comparison Chart Comparable 1 Comparable 2 Comparable 3 Subject Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City The Terrace at Mountain Creek Spring Arbor of Hickory City Ashland City Chattanooga Hickory State TN TN NC MA Locational Population Median Household Income Median Housing Value Increasing $39,777 $215,923 Increasing $37,260 $126,500 Increasing $42,014 $145,114 Increasing $117,452 $477,755 Decreasing $24,944 $97,921 Stable $35,848 $84,201 Stable $58,816 $179,569 80 1,016 2013 New 116 944 1985 Good 43 625 1995 Average 176 819 1999/2000 Average 51 794 1998 Average 102 678 1998 Average 42 677 2000 Average $4,036 91.5% 66.2% $14,995 $2,597 97.0% 76.9% $6,969 $4,556 91.6% 81.7% $9,173 $4,803 97.0% 65.0% $19,568 N/A N/A 66.1% $11,450 $3,964 95.0% 64.8% $15,920 $3,326 100.0% 77.5% $8,974 100.0% N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 62.0% 38.0% N/A 100.0% N/A N/A 100.0% N/A N/A 100.0% N/A N/A 100.0% N/A N/A N/A N/A $8,500,000 $73,276 $4,750,000 $110,465 $43,000,000 $244,318 $6,200,000 $121,569 $17,500,000 $171,569 $4,375,000 $104,167 Name Physical Units GSF Per Unit Year Built Overall Condition Operating Net Revenue PUM Occupancy Expense Ratio NOI Per Unit Payor Mix Private Pay/Other Medicaid Medicare Total Price Total Price Per Unit Two MA ALFs Acton and Franklin Comparable 4 Comparable 5 Comparable 6 The Manor at Autumn Hills Carriage Court of Hilliard Residence of Chardon Niles Hilliard Chardon OH OH OH T he Subject's NOI Per Unit is derived from the Income Approach Improved Sale 1 is located in Chattanooga, Tennessee. Median household income and housing values are similar to the subject's location. Overall, the sale's location is similar to the subject. The sale was built in 1985 and is in good overall condition. Overall, the sale's age and condition are inferior to the subject. Net revenue per unit month of $2,597.37 is inferior to the subject's net revenue per unit month of $4,036.34. Occupancy rate at the time of sale of 97.0% is superior to the subject's estimated occupancy of 91.5%. The expense ratio of 76.9% is inferior to the subject's expense ratio of 66.2%. The NOI per unit was $6,969, which is inferior to the subject's NOI per unit of $14,995. Improved Sale 2 is located in Hickory, North Carolina. Median household income and housing values are similar to the subject's location. Overall, the sale's location is similar to the subject. The sale was built in 1995 and is in average overall condition. Overall, the sale's age and condition are inferior to the subject. Net revenue per unit month of $4,555.56 is superior to the subject's net revenue per unit month of $4,036.34. Occupancy rate at the time of sale of 91.6% is similar to the subject's estimated occupancy of 91.5%. The expense ratio of 81.7% is inferior to the subject's expense ratio of 66.2%. The NOI per unit was $9,173, which is inferior to the subject's NOI per unit of $14,995. Page 107 Improved Sale 3 is located in Acton and Franklin, Massachusetts. Median household income and housing values are superior to the subject's location. Overall, the sale's location is superior to the subject. The sale was built in 1999/2000 and is in average overall condition. Overall, the sale's age and condition are inferior to the subject. Net revenue per unit month of $4803.19 is superior to the subject's net revenue per unit month of $4036.34. Occupancy rate at the time of sale of 97.0% is superior to the subject's estimated occupancy of 91.5%. The expense ratio of 65.0% is similar to the subject's expense ratio of 66.2%. The NOI per unit was $19,568, which is superior to the subject's NOI per unit of $14,995. Improved Sale 4 is located in Niles, Ohio. Median household income and housing values are inferior to the subject's location. Overall, the sale's location is inferior to the subject. The sale was built in 1998 and is in average overall condition. Overall, the sale's age and condition are inferior to the subject. The expense ratio of 66.1% is similar to the subject's expense ratio of 66.2%. The NOI per unit was $11,450, which is inferior to the subject's NOI per unit of $14,995. Improved Sale 5 is located in Hilliard, Ohio. Median household income is similar to the subject's location, while median housing values are inferior to the subject's location. Overall, the sale's location is inferior to the subject. The sale was built in 1998 and is in average overall condition. Overall, the sale's age and condition are inferior to the subject. Net revenue per unit month of $3,964.34 is similar to the subject's net revenue per unit month of $4,036.34. Occupancy rate at the time of sale of 95.0% is superior to the subject's estimated occupancy of 91.5%. The expense ratio of 64.8% is similar to the subject's expense ratio of 66.2%. The NOI per unit was $15,920, which is superior to the subject's NOI per unit of $14,995. Improved Sale 6 is located in Chardon, Ohio. Median household income is superior to the subject's location, while median housing values are similar to the subject's location. Overall, the sale's location is similar to the subject. The sale was built in 2000 and is in average overall condition. Overall, the sale's age and condition are inferior to the subject. Net revenue per unit month of $3,325.88 is inferior to the subject's net revenue per unit month of $4,036.34. Occupancy rate at the time of sale of 100.0% is superior to the subject's estimated occupancy of 91.5%. The expense ratio of 77.5% is inferior to Page 108 the subject's expense ratio of 66.2%. The NOI per unit was $8,974, which is inferior to the subject's NOI per unit of $14,995. CONCLUSION Unadjusted, the sales range from $73,276 to $244,318. Sales 3 and 5 are operationally superior to the subject and indicate a value per bed below $171,569. Sales 1, 2, 4 and 6 are operationally inferior to the subject. Sale 4 is the most operationally similar to the subject of these sales, indicating a value per bed above $121,569. Therefore a value per bed between $121,569 and $171,569 is warranted for the subject. QUANTITATIVE ADJUSTMENTS The following is an explanation of the adjustments made to the comparable sales used in this analysis. Property Rights All of the sales used in this analysis reflect the fee simple interest. No adjustments are required. Financing The verification process indicated that the sales prices are considered to be cash-equivalent prices. No adjustments are warranted. Conditions of Sale This adjustment takes into account any unusual conditions or circumstances that may affect the sales price. No conditions are identified that would have a noticeable impact on the sales prices of the transactions. No adjustments are deemed necessary. Market Conditions The next adjustment is made to account for the influence of change in market conditions between the transaction dates and the date of valuation. The improved sales analyzed in this valuation occurred Page 109 between May 2008 and August 2010. Based on capitalization rates and other data, the market began to weaken during the credit crisis of 2007. Rather than try to quantify the declines by making downward adjustments, the conclusion of this approach considers the timing of the transactions and places more emphasis on the current sales. Net Operating Income (NOI) per Unit All of the qualitative factors (physical, operational and locational) discussed have a direct result in a property’s net operating income. Therefore, by developing a ratio between the subject's net operating income and the net operating income of the comparable sales, an adjustment factor can be calculated for each sale. This adjustment factor may then be applied to the comparable sale’s price per unit to render a value indication for the subject property. It is a fundamental assumption that the characteristics of a project (e.g., physical, operational and locational) are reflected in the net operating income being generated and that the resultant price per unit paid for a property has a direct relationship to the net operating income being generated. The advantage of basing adjustments on this method is that subjective, unsupportable individual adjustments are avoided. Page 110 The Adjustment Summary Grid is presented in the following table: Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Comparable Improved Sales Adjustment Grid 1 2 3 Subject City Units Year Built Overall Occupancy Building Size SF Size Per Unit Price Price Per Unit NOI Per Unit Ashland City Chattanooga 6 Niles Hilliard Chardon 80 116 43 176 51 102 42 1985 97.0% 109,463 944 $8,500,000 $73,276 $6,969 1995 91.6% 26,860 625 $4,750,000 $110,465 $9,173 1999/2000 97.0% 144,122 819 $43,000,000 $244,318 $19,568 1998 N/A 40,483 794 $6,200,000 $121,569 $11,450 1998 95.0% 69,184 678 $17,500,000 $171,569 $15,920 2000 100.0% 28,432 677 $4,375,000 $104,167 $8,974 $0 $8,500,000 $0 $8,500,000 $0 $8,500,000 $73,276 $0 $4,750,000 $0 $4,750,000 $0 $4,750,000 $110,465 $0 $43,000,000 $0 $43,000,000 $0 $43,000,000 $244,318 $0 $6,200,000 $0 $6,200,000 $0 $6,200,000 $121,569 $0 $17,500,000 $0 $17,500,000 $0 $17,500,000 $171,569 $0 $4,375,000 $0 $4,375,000 $0 $4,375,000 $104,167 Similar Inferior Superior Inferior Similar Inferior Similar Inferior Similar Inferior Inferior Inferior Superior Inferior Superior Superior Inferior Superior Inferior Inferior N/A Inferior Inferior Inferior Inferior Inferior Similar Superior Inferior Superior Similar Inferior Superior Inferior Inferior Inferior 0.00 0.06 -0.05 1.14 0.00 1.15 $73,276 $84,267 $157,543 0.00 0.06 0.00 0.52 0.05 0.63 $110,465 $69,593 $180,058 -0.08 0.06 -0.05 -0.21 0.05 -0.23 $244,318 -$56,193 $188,125 0.08 0.06 0.00 0.12 0.05 0.31 $121,569 $37,686 $159,255 0.08 0.06 0.00 -0.25 0.05 -0.06 $171,569 -$10,294 $161,275 0.00 0.06 -0.05 0.61 0.05 0.67 $104,167 $69,792 $173,958 Financing Market Conditions Adjusted Price Price Per Unit Conclusion Rounded Acton and Franklin 5 Proposed 91.5% 81,252 1,016 N/A N/A $14,995 Adjustments Property Rights Qualitative Anlaysis Location Age/Condition Occupancy Operation SF Per Unit Overall Comparison Quantitative Adjustment Location Age/Condition Occupancy Operation SF Per Unit Overall Comparison Price Per Unit Adjustments Per Unit Adjusted Price Low High Median Mean Hickory 4 $157,543 $188,125 $167,616 $170,036 $162,000 x 80 = $12,960,000 $12,960,000 After adjustments, the price per unit ranges from $157,543 to $188,125 with a median and mean of $167,616 and $170,036 per unit, respectively. Each sale requires adjustment in relation to the subject, and each is considered to provide a reasonable value indicator for the subject after adjustments. Sale 5 requires the least overall adjustment of -5.8% and is given primary emphasis. Sales 3 and 4 require Page 111 overall adjustments of -23.4% to 31.0% and are given secondary emphasis. Sales 1, 2 and 6 require larger adjustments and are given minimal emphasis. Based upon the data and analysis, a value per unit of $162,000 is warranted for the subject. The indicated value via the Price-Per-Unit Method is calculated as follows: $162,000 per unit Rounded x 80 units = $12,960,000 $12,960,000 EFFECTIVE GROSS INCOME MULTIPLE The adjusted effective gross income multipliers (EGIM) for the comparable sales were calculated by dividing the adjusted sale price by the effective gross income. The Senior Care Acquisition Report, Sixteenth Edition, 2011, published by Irving Levin Associates, Inc., indicates that the average and median EGIMs in 2010 were 2.9 and 2.6, respectively. The sales indicate a range from 2.21x to 4.37x of adjusted effective gross income. The following table summarizes the sales’ expense ratio and EGIM: Comparison of Expense Ratio to EGIM Sale Expense Ratio EGIM 5 64.8% 3.80 3 65.0% 4.37 4 66.1% 3.60 Subject 66.2% 1 76.9% 2.42 6 77.5% 2.61 2 81.7% 2.21 There is an inverse relationship between expense ratio and EGIM. As expense ratio increases, EGIM decreases. The subject’s expense ratio is closest to comparable sales 1 and 4, which indicate an EGIM between 2.42 and 3.60. Given the subject’s projected expense ratio, age and location, an EGIM of 3.50 has been utilized for the subject. The indicated value via the EGIM method is calculated as follows: Page 112 3.50 Rounded x $3,545,523 = $12,409,330 $12,410,000 SALES COMPARISON APPROACH CONCLUSION The two methods utilized indicate a 4.4% range in value from $12,410,000 to $12,960,000 and are supportive of one another. Therefore, a market value has been concluded via the Sales Comparison Approach of $12,650,000. INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH Properties such as the subject are normally valued based on their ability to generate an income stream characterized by their quality, quantity and desirability. Hence, analysis of a property in terms of its ability to provide sufficient net annual return on investment capital is an important means of developing a value indication. This estimate is developed in the Income Capitalization Approach by capitalizing the projected net income at a rate commensurate with investment risks inherent to the ownership of the property. Such conversion of income considers competitive returns offered by alternative investment opportunities. When properly applied, this approach is generally considered to provide a reliable indication of value for income-producing properties. An initial step in the Income Capitalization Approach is to estimate the gross income, which can be generated by the appraised property. In the case of the subject property, stabilized occupancy needs to be estimated. Once this estimate is established, an estimate of effective gross income can be derived for the subject. Expenses are then deducted to arrive at a property’s net operating income. The value of the property can then be estimated through two capitalization techniques: the Direct Capitalization Method and/or a Discounted Cash Flow Analysis (DCF). In this report, the Direct Capitalization Method is employed to estimate the fee simple value since the subject is at a stabilized operation. Page 113 HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE In estimating income and expenses for the subject property, we have relied upon financial data provided by the subject’s management as well as on our experience in appraising properties of this nature. The projected data provided by Management includes the subject’s first year as stabilized budget. Management’s budget for a full year of stabilized operations is presented. The available revenue and expense data is analyzed on a per-unit-month basis and as a percentage of revenue. In addition to Management’s projections for the subject, the operating data from four comparable facilities has been analyzed. The comparable facilities utilized in this analysis are located in Tennessee, West Virginia, Mississippi and Virginia. Although some of the comparable operating data is from facilities in different states, it represents facilities that provide similar services and have similar income levels. This historical and forecast data as well as the operating data is presented on the following pages. Page 114 Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Table 1 - Financial Operations Analysis Management's Budget Stabilized Year Months AMC % Unit Months AL Studio (Small) AL Studio (Large) AL One-Bedroom AL Two-Bedroom Memory Care Studio (Small) Memory Care Studio (Large) Total Available Months/Units Occupancy 190 15.8 20.1% 213 17.8 22.5% 236 19.7 24.9% 70 5.8 7.4% 119 9.9 12.6% 119 9.9 12.6% 947 78.9 100.0% 960 80.0 98.6% Management's Budget Stabilized Year 12/31/2015 $ PUM % of Rev. Months Correlated AMC 177 199 221 66 108 108 878 960 91.5% $ 14.7 16.6 18.4 5.5 9.0 9.0 73.2 80.0 % 20.1% 22.6% 25.1% 7.5% 12.3% 12.3% 100.0% Correlated PUM % of Rev. Revenue: AL Studio (Small) AL Studio (Large) AL One-Bedroom AL Two-Bedroom Memory Care Studio (Small) Memory Care Studio (Large) Total R&B AL Levels of Care Second Occupants Community Fee Miscellaneous Total Revenue 566,342 679,570 825,390 260,880 597,135 633,325 $3,562,642 162,060 61,320 45,000 42,631 $3,873,653 2,981 3,190 3,497 3,727 5,018 5,322 $3,762 171 65 48 45 $4,090 14.6% 17.5% 21.3% 6.7% 15.4% 16.3% 92.0% 4.2% 1.6% 1.2% 1.1% 100.0% 526,534 634,662 772,340 247,820 542,025 574,875 $3,298,257 149,328 30,660 27,750 39,528 $3,545,523 2,981 3,194 3,498 3,741 5,019 5,323 $3,755 170 35 32 45 $4,036 14.9% 17.9% 21.8% 7.0% 15.3% 16.2% 93.0% 4.2% 0.9% 0.8% 1.1% 100.0% Expenses: General/Administrative Marketing Bad Debt Benefits/Payroll Taxes Plant Operations Utilities Dietary Housekeeping/Laundry Personal Care Activities & Social Services Insurance Subtotal Property Taxes Management Fee Reserves Total Expenses $216,492 122,541 0 197,392 155,424 153,872 486,582 19,714 582,973 87,521 2,372 $2,024,884 23,309 0 0 $2,048,193 $229 129 0 208 164 162 514 21 616 92 3 $2,138 25 0 0 $2,163 5.6% 3.2% 0.0% 5.1% 4.0% 4.0% 12.6% 0.5% 15.0% 2.3% 0.1% 52.3% 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 52.9% $219,600 114,192 0 184,464 140,544 158,112 307,440 21,960 724,680 74,664 56,000 $2,001,656 135,000 177,276 32,000 $2,345,932 $250 130 0 210 160 180 350 25 825 85 64 $2,279 154 202 36 $2,671 6.2% 3.2% 0.0% 5.2% 4.0% 4.5% 8.7% 0.6% 20.4% 2.1% 1.6% 56.5% 3.8% 5.0% 0.9% 66.2% Net Operating Income $1,825,460 $1,928 47.1% $1,199,591 $1,366 33.8% Page 115 Year Built Gross Square Foot age Unit s Available Resident Mont hs Actual Resident Months Occupancy Payor Mi x Private/Other Budget Stabilized Year 1 Vantage Pointe Vill age at Ash land Ci ty Tabl e 2 - C omparable Expe nse Data 2 Subject Wyngat e Senior Living Communit y Carriage House Inn Alden Pointe Blue Ridge Manor Subject 6429 Earlington Lane Parkersburg, WV 2002 37,740 70 840 796 94.8% 311 Colloredo Boulevard Shelbyville, T N 2001-2007 40,175 59 708 600 84.7% 2 Courtland Drive Hattiesburg, MS N/A N/A 40 480 466 97.0% 400 Blue Ridge Street Martinsville, VA 2000 23,957 37 444 317 71.3% 1164 Vant age Pointe Ashland City, T N Proposed 81,252 80 960 878 91.5% 100.0% 100.0% 1164 Vant age Pointe Ashland Cit y, T N P roposed 81,252 80 960 947 98.6% 100.0% $ 100.0% P UM % Correlated 100.0% % $1,517,322 1,290,530 525,914 $3,333,765 $1,906 1,621 661 $4,188 45.5% 38.7% 15.8% 100.0% $2,019,986 0 0 $2,019,986 $3,367 0 0 $3,367 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% $1,578,062 0 20,285 $1,598,347 $3,389 0 44 $3,433 98.7% 0.0% 1.3% 100.0% $1,594,134 76,793 64,564 $1,735,490 $5,036 243 204 $5,482 91.9% 4.4% 3.7% 100.0% $3,298,257 149,328 97,938 $3,545,523 $3,755 170 111 $4,036 93.0% 4.2% 2.8% 100.0% 5.6% 3.2% 5.1% 4.0% 4.0% 12.6% 0.5% 15.0% 2.3% 0.1% 52.3% 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 52.9% $186,289 33,945 146,434 98,077 87,111 246,487 7,193 553,734 0 121,074 $1,480,344 48,110 165,814 0 $1,694,269 $234 43 184 123 109 310 9 696 0 152 $1,860 60 208 0 $2,128 5.6% 1.0% 4.4% 2.9% 2.6% 7.4% 0.2% 16.6% 0.0% 3.6% 44.4% 1.4% 5.0% 0.0% 50.8% $219,255 6,228 162,743 68,344 76,421 172,400 26,560 408,711 24,246 36,519 $1,201,424 0 0 0 $1,201,424 $365 10 271 114 127 287 44 681 40 61 $2,002 0 0 0 $2,002 10.9% 0.3% 8.1% 3.4% 3.8% 8.5% 1.3% 20.2% 1.2% 1.8% 59.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 59.5% $157,760 0 73,541 39,321 73,005 109,936 0 396,317 28,786 37,904 $916,570 52,191 44,260 0 $1,013,020 $339 0 158 84 157 236 0 851 62 81 $1,969 112 95 0 $2,176 9.9% 0.0% 4.6% 2.5% 4.6% 6.9% 0.0% 24.8% 1.8% 2.4% 57.3% 3.3% 2.8% 0.0% 63.4% $132,626 0 15,269 14,253 67,182 159,435 33,688 370,185 13,280 20,873 $826,790 30,901 86,775 0 $944,466 $419 0 48 45 212 504 106 1,169 42 66 $2,612 98 274 0 $2,983 7.6% 0.0% 0.9% 0.8% 3.9% 9.2% 1.9% 21.3% 0.8% 1.2% 47.6% 1.8% 5.0% 0.0% 54.4% $219,600 114,192 184,464 140,544 158,112 307,440 21,960 724,680 74,664 56,000 $2,001,656 135,000 177,276 32,000 $2,345,932 $250 130 210 160 180 350 25 825 85 64 $2,279 154 202 36 $2,671 6.2% 3.2% 5.2% 4.0% 4.5% 8.7% 0.6% 20.4% 2.1% 1.6% 56.5% 3.8% 5.0% 0.9% 66.2% 47.1% $1,639,496 $2,060 49.2% $818,562 $1,364 40.5% $585,326 $1,257 36.6% $791,024 $2,499 45.6% $1,199,591 $1,366 33.8% $3,562,642 162,060 148,951 $3,873,653 $3,762 171 157 $4,090 92.0% 4.2% 3.8% 100.0% Expen se s: General/Administ rat ive Marketing Benefits/Payroll T axes Plant Operations Utilit ies Dietary Housekeeping/Laundry Personal Care Activities & Social Services Insurance Subtotal Property T axes Management Fee Reserves T otal Expenses $216,492 122,541 197,392 155,424 153,872 486,582 19,714 582,973 87,521 2,372 $2,024,884 23,309 0 0 $2,048,193 $229 129 208 164 162 514 21 616 92 3 $2,138 25 0 0 $2,163 Ne t O perating Income $1,825,460 $1,928 $ 4 PUM Re ve nue : Base Revenue AL Levels of Care Miscellaneous T otal Revenue $ 100.0% 3 PUM % T rended Year Starting 01/01/2010 T rended Year Starting 01/01/2010 T he comparable dat a has been trended upward at 2% per year beginning at the start of t he reporting period for each comparable facility. $ PUM % T rended Year Starting 01/01/2009 $ PUM % T rended Year St art ing 01/01/2009 $ PUM % Page 116 UTILIZATION (PAYOR MIX) The subject’s proposed unit mix and budgeted census are in Table 1. The subject’s census is comprised of assisted living private pay residents in studios, one-bedroom units, and two-bedroom units, and memory care private pay residents in studio units. The subject consists of 34 studio assisted living units (16 small and 18 large), 20 one-bedroom assisted living units, six two-bedroom assisted living units, and 20 memory care studio units (10 small and 10 large). OCCUPANCY LEVELS The licensed bed capacity for the comparable facilities reflects that some of these facilities have fewer units than beds and are licensed to provide semiprivate accommodations. However, the majority of these facilities only operate private units/beds, which results in a lower number of operating beds than licensed beds. Therefore, occupancy calculated based on operating beds is a more relevant estimate. The table below presents overall occupancy rates of the comparable assisted living facilities: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Provider Homewood Residence at Brookmont Terrace The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Living Barton House M ary Queen of Angels Burton Court at Blakeford The Cumberland at Green Hills Belmont Village M orningside of Belmont Total/Weighted Average Occupied Beds 93 69 19 93 60 110 112 80 636 Overall Occupancy S tatistics Licensed Operating Beds Occup. Beds Occup. 184 50.5% 99 93.9% 74 93.2% 69 100.0% 24 79.2% 20 95.0% 130 71.5% 100 93.0% 78 76.9% 65 92.3% 149 73.8% 110 100.0% 160 70.0% 115 97.4% 130 61.5% 82 97.6% 929 68.5% 660 96.4% Memory Care Beds 38 16 20 20 0 17 24 0 Private Pay % 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 60.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 135 94.2% This table reflects all assisted living levels of care. Based on operating beds, the weighted average occupancy for the comparable facilities is 96.4%. The variance between licensed and operating beds reflects that some of the facilities are licensed to provide semiprivate accommodations. However, the majority of these facilities predominantly offer private room accommodations. In addition, with the exception of Mary Queen of Angels, all of the comparable facilities typically only accept private pay residents. The above data reflects that the greater Nashville area is a strong market for assisted living Page 117 services. The accompanying tables provide a breakout of occupancy characteristics for both nonmemory care and memory care assisted living beds. Non-Memory Care Assisted Living Occupancy Based on operating beds, the occupancy rates of the comparable non-memory care assisted living facilities range from 92.3% to 100.0%, with a weighted average of 96.6%. This is an indication of stable demand for non-memory care assisted living services in the greater Nashville area. 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 Provider Homewood Residence at Brookmont Terrace The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Living Mary Queen of Angels Burton Court at Blakeford The Cumberland at Green Hills Belmont Village Morningside of Belmont Total/Weighted Average Assisted Living Beds Occupied Operating Beds Beds Occup. 57 61 93.4% 53 76 60 93 88 80 507 53 80 65 93 91 82 525 100.0% 95.0% 92.3% 100.0% 96.7% 97.6% 96.6% Memory Care Assisted Living Occupancy Based on operating beds, the occupancy rates of the comparable memory care assisted living facilities range from 85.0% to 100.0%, with a weighted average of 95.6%. This is an indication of stable demand for memory care assisted living services in the greater Nashville area. 1 2 3 4 6 7 Provider Homewood Residence at Brookmont Terrace The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Living Barton House Mary Queen of Angels The Cumberland at Green Hills Belmont Village Weighted Average Memory Care AL Occupancy S tatistics Occupied Operating Beds Beds Occup. 36 38 94.7% 16 16 100.0% 19 20 95.0% 17 20 85.0% 17 24 129 17 24 135 100.0% 100.0% 95.6% Page 118 The following table summarizes the stabilized census and utilization estimates used in this analysis: AL Studio (Small) AL Studio (Large) AL One-Bedroom AL Two-Bedroom Memory Care Studio (Small) Memory Care Studio (Large) Total Available Months/Units Occupancy Rate Resident Months 177 199 221 66 108 108 878 960 91.5% AMC 14.7 16.6 18.4 5.5 9.0 9.0 73.2 80.0 Payor Mix 20.1% 22.6% 25.1% 7.5% 12.3% 12.3% 100.0% The correlated occupancy was derived by using an estimated occupancy rate of 92% for the assisted living units and an occupancy rate of 90% for the memory care units. This is presented in the following table: Unit Type Assisted Living AL Studio (Small) AL Studio (Large) AL One-Bedroom AL Two-Bedroom Total Correlated Occupancy Number of Correlated Units Occupancy Correlated Occupied Units 16 18 20 6 60 92% 92% 92% 92% 92.0% 14.72 16.56 18.4 5.52 55.2 Memory Care Memory Care Studio (Small) Memory Care Studio (Large) Total 10 10 20 90% 90% 90.0% 9 9 18 Overall Total 80 91.5% 73.2 REVENUE Revenue is categorized into five categories: Room and Board, Assisted Living Levels of Care, Second Occupant Fees, Deposits and Other Miscellaneous Revenues (including guest meals, transportation, beautician charges, and revenue from clubhouse and model room rental). Room and Board revenues Page 119 are further divided according to six rent types: Assisted Living – Studio (Small), Assisted Living – Studio (Large), Assisted Living One-Bedroom, Assisted Living Two-Bedroom, Memory Care Studio – (Small) and Memory Care Studio – (Large) units. These revenue sources are discussed below. Room and Board Revenue In order to determine the reasonableness of the subject’s proposed private pay rates, a survey of local facilities was conducted. The following table presents a summary of these rates: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Provider Homewood Residence at Brookmont Terrace The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Living Barton House M ary Queen of Angels Burton Court at Blakeford The Cumberland at Green Hills Belmont Village M orningside of Belmont M in to M ax M ean M edian S ubject $2,950 $2,745 $3,110 $3,750 $4,500 $3,175 $2,500 Studio to $4,130 to $2,500 to $2,981 to $5,175 $5,175 $3,559 $3,175 $3,194 1 Bedroom 2 Bedroom $4,775 to $4,995 $3,800 to $3,900 $4,000 $3,950 $4,095 $5,000 $6,175 $2,860 $2,860 $3,498 to to $4,100 $4,675 $7,550 $7,500 Memory Care Private $5,190 $3,845 to $4,600 $4,900 $4,590 to $4,770 $6,390 $3,100 $3,950 to $6,175 $3,950 to $7,550 $4,250 $5,535 $4,095 $4,675 $3,741 $3,845 $5,019 to $6,390 $4,898 $4,770 to $5,323 The above displayed rates are the comparable facilities’ rates for the base level of care. The majority of non-memory care assisted living facilities in the PMA utilize tiered or a-la-carte rate structures. Typically, more sophisticated assisted living operators utilize tiered or level-of-care rate structures, allowing these facilities to maximize potential revenue. In a tiered rate system, facilities establish a rate for a base level of care and charge additional fees per level of care required. The subject will offer studio units for a base monthly rate of $2,981. Studio rates among the comparable facilities range from $2,500 to $5,175, with a mean of $3,559. The subject’s rate is oriented at the lower end of the range of the comparable facilities’ rates. However, given that the subject will be located in a less affluent community than the majority of the comparable facilities, the subject’s studio rate is priced correctly. The subject will offer one-bedroom units for monthly rates ranging from $3,194 to $3,498, which are also oriented at the lower end of the range ($2,860 to $6,175) of comparable facility rates and are consistent with the conclusion for the subject’s studio rate. Page 120 The subject’s two-bedroom rate monthly base rate ($3,741) is below the range ($3,950 to $7,550) of comparable facilities. This rate is reasonable given the lower cost of living in Cheatham County than in Davidson County/Nashville. The subject’s private memory care assisted living rates ($5,019 to $5,323) are within the range of the comparable rates and are reasonable given the previously mentioned conditions. Overall, the subject’s proposed rates are reasonable. Based on the subject’s location, age, design appeal and market rents for similar facilities, the subject’s proposed rates are deemed reasonable. In accordance with HUD guidelines, the following adjustment grids have been prepared: Page 121 Estimates of Market Rent by Comparison OMB Approval No. 2502-0331 (exp. 3/31/2002) U.S. Departm ent of Housing and Urban Developm ent Office of Housing Federal Housing Commissioner Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 1 hour per response, including the time for review ing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and review ing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the Reports Management Officer, Office of Information Policies and Systems, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, Washington, D.C. 20410-3600 and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperw ork Reduction Project (2502-0331) Washington, D.C. 20503. Do not send completed form to either address. 1. Unit Type AL Studio 2. Subject Property (Address) 1146 Vantage Pointe Road Ashland City, TN 37015 Characteristics 3. Effective Date of Rental 4. Type of Project/Stories 5. Floor of Unit in Building 6. Project Occupancy % (Lic. Beds) 7. Concessions 8. Year Built 9. Square Foot Area 10. Number of Bedrooms 11. Number of Baths 12. Number of Rooms 13. Balc/Terrace/Patio 14. Garage or Carport 15. Equipment a) A/C b) Kitchen Equipment c) Meals Per Day d) Housekeeping Services e) Linen Services f) Service Level g) Unit Occupancy h) Carpet/Drapes i) Facility Amenities 16. Services a) Heat/Type b) Cook/Type c) Electricity d) Water Cold/Hot 17. Design/Appeal 18. Project Location 19. Other: Data 09/07/11 ALF4 N/A N/A None Proposed 433 0 1 1 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential - Homew ood Residence at Brookmont Terrace 6767 Brookmont Terrace Nashville, TN 37205 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF2 & 3 N/A 94% None $177 0 1 1 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 0 Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Mary Queen of Angels Living 8118-B Saw yer Brow n Road 34 White Bridge Road Nashville, TN 37221 Nashville, TN 37205 Data Adjustments Data Adjustments + + 09/07/11 09/07/11 ALF 2 ALF 3 N/A N/A 100% 93% None None 2002 $137 2001 $156 N/A 0 0 1 1 1 1 No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 3 1 1 1 1 0 0 Single Single Yes Yes AC/L AC/L Yes Yes N/A N/A Yes Yes Yes Yes Residential Residential Similar Similar Burton Court at Blakeford Belmont Village Morningside of Belmont 11 Burton Hills Boulevard Nashville, TN 37215 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 2 N/A 92% None 1996 $188 4206 Stammer Place Nashville, TN 37215 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 3 N/A 97% None 1999 $209 600 0 1 1 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 Similar Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 1710 Magnolia Boulevard Nashville, TN 37212 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 8 N/A 98% None 1970s $125 N/A 0 1 1 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 Similar Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 0 1 1 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 Similar Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 20. Unit Rent per Month $3,540 $2,745 $3,110 $3,750 $4,175 $2,500 21. Total Adjustment $177 $137 $156 $188 $209 $125 22. Indicated Rent $3,717 $2,882 $3,266 $3,938 $4,384 $2,625 23. Correlated Subject Rent $3,094 Remarks On Adjustments: The proposed subject's actual monthly rates are $2,981 to $3,194/month for an AL studio unit, $3,498/month for an AL one-bedroom unit, $3,741/month for an AL tw o-bedroom unit and $5,019 to $5,323/month for a private memory care unit. All of the comparable properties require an upw ard adjustment for inferior year built. The proposed subject's actual average private pay rate for an AL studio unit ($3,094) is w ithin the adjusted range and is deemed reasonable. Page 122 Estimates of Market Rent by Comparison OMB Approval No. 2502-0331 (exp. 3/31/2002) U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Office of Housing Federal Housing Commissioner Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 1 hour per response, including the time for review ing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and review ingthe collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the Reports Management Of ficer, Of fice of Information Policies and Systems,U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, Washington, D.C. 20410-3600 and to the Of fice of Management and Budget, Paperw ork Reduction Project (2502-0331) Washington, D.C. 20503. Do not send completed form to either address. 1. Unit Type 2. Subject Property (Address) 1146 Vantage Pointe Road AL 1 Bedroom Ashland City, TN 37015 Characteristics 3. Effective Date of Rental 4. Type of Project/Stories 5. Floor of Unit in Building 6. Project Occupancy % (Lic. Beds) 7. Concessions 8. Year Built 9. Square Foot Area 10. Number of Bedrooms 11. Number of Baths 12. Number of Rooms 13. Balc/Terrace/Patio 14. Garage or Carport 15. Equipment a) A/C b) Kitchen Equipment c) Meals Per Day d) Housekeeping Services e) Linen Services f) Service Level g) Unit Occupancy h) Carpet/Drapes i) Facility Amenities 16. Services a) Heat/Type b) Cook/Type c) Electricity d) Water Cold/Hot 17. Design/Appeal 18. Project Location 19. Other: Homew ood Residence at Brookmont Terrace 6767 Brookmont Terrace Nashville, TN 37205 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 09/07/11 ALF4 ALF2 & 3 N/A N/A N/A 94% None None Proposed $244 632 400 1 1 1 1 2 2 No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 3 1 1 1 1 0 Single Single Yes Yes AC/L AC/L Yes Yes N/A N/A Yes Yes Yes Yes Residential Residential Similar Data The Waterf ord in Bellevue Senior Mary Queen of Angels Living Burton Court at Blakeford Belmont Village Morningside of Belmont 8118-B Saw yer Brow n Road Nashville, TN 37221 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 2 N/A 100% None 2002 $193 11 Burton Hills Boulevard Nashville, TN 37215 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 2 N/A 92% None 1996 $205 4206 Stammer Place Nashville, TN 37215 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 3 N/A 97% None 1999 $309 N/A 1 1 2 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 Similar Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 1710 Magnolia Boulevard Nashville, TN 37212 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 8 N/A 98% None 1970s $149 N/A 1 1 2 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 Similar Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 1 1 2 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 0 Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 34 White Bridge Road Nashville, TN 37205 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 3 N/A 93% None 2001 $201 498 1 1 2 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 0 Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 1 1 2 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 Similar Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 20. Unit Rent per Month $4,885 $3,850 $4,025 $4,095 $6,175 $2,980 21. Total Adjustment $244 $193 $201 $205 $309 $149 22. Indicated Rent $5,129 $4,043 $4,226 $4,300 $6,484 $3,129 23. Correlated Subject Rent $3,498 Remarks On Adjustments: The proposed subject's actual monthly rates are $2,981 to $3,194/month for an AL studio unit, $3,498/month for an AL one-bedroom unit, $3,741/month for an AL tw o-bedroom unit and $5,019 to $5,323/month for a private memory care unit. All of the comparable properties require an upw ard adjustment for inferior year built. The proposed subject's actual private pay rate for an AL one-bedroom unit ($3,498) is w ithin the adjusted range and is deemed reasonable. Page 123 Estimates of Market Rent by Comparison U.S. Departm ent of Housing and Urban Developm ent Office of Housing Federal Housing Commissioner Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 1 hour per response, including the time for review ing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and review ing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the Reports Management Officer, Office of Information Policies and Systems, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, Washington, D.C. 20410-3600 and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperw ork Reduction Project (2502-0331) Washington, D.C. 20503. Do not send completed form to either address. 1. Unit Type 2. Subject Property (Address) 1146 Vantage Pointe Road AL 2 Bedroom Ashland City, TN 37015 Characteristics 3. Effective Date of Rental 4. Type of Project/Stories 5. Floor of Unit in Building 6. Project Occupancy % (Lic. Beds) 7. Concessions 8. Year Built 9. Square Foot Area 10. Number of Bedrooms 11. Number of Baths 12. Number of Rooms 13. Balc/Terrace/Patio 14. Garage or Carport 15. Equipment a) A/C b) Kitchen Equipment c) Meals Per Day d) Housekeeping Services e) Linen Services f) Service Level g) Unit Occupancy h) Carpet/Drapes i) Facility Amenities 16. Services a) Heat/Type b) Cook/Type c) Electricity d) Water Cold/Hot 17. Design/Appeal 18. Project Location 19. Other: Data 09/07/11 ALF4 N/A N/A None Proposed 749 2 1 3 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential - The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Living Mary Queen of Angels Burton Court at Blakeford The Cumberland at Green Hills Morningside of Belmont 8118-B Saw yer Brow n Road Nashville, TN 37221 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 2 N/A 100% None 0 $200 34 White Bridge Road Nashville, TN 37205 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 3 N/A 93% None 2001 $234 570 2 1 3 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 0 Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 11 Burton Hills Boulevard Nashville, TN 37215 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 2 N/A 92% None 1996 $378 15 Burton Hills Boulevard Nashville, TN 37215 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 4 N/A 100% None 2007 $375 1710 Magnolia Boulevard Nashville, TN 37212 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 8 N/A 98% None 1970s $198 N/A 2 1 3 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 Similar Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 2 1 3 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 0 Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 2 1 3 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 Similar Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 2 1 3 No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 Similar Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 20. Unit Rent per Month $4,000 $4,675 $7,550 $7,500 $3,950 21. Total Adjustment $200 $234 $378 $375 $198 22. Indicated Rent $4,200 $4,909 $7,928 $7,875 $4,148 23. Correlated Subject Rent $3,741 Remarks On Adjustments: The proposed subject's actual monthly rates are $2,981 to $3,194/month for an AL studio unit, $3,498/month for an AL one-bedroom unit, $3,741/month for an AL tw o-bedroom unit and $5,019 to $5,323/month for a private memory care unit. All of the comparable properties require an upw ard adjustment for inferior year built. The proposed subject's actual private pay rate for an AL tw o-bedroom unit ($3,741) is w ithin the adjusted range and is deemed reasonable. Page 124 Estimates of Market Rent by Comparison U.S. Departm ent of Housing and Urban Developm ent Office of Housing Federal Housing Commissioner Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 1 hour per response, including the time for review ing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and review ing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the Reports Management Officer, Office of Information Policies and Systems, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, Washington, D.C. 20410-3600 and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperw ork Reduction Project (2502-0331) Washington, D.C. 20503. Do not send completed form to either address. 1. Unit Type 2. Subject Property (Address) Alzheim er's Private Characteristics 1146 Vantage Pointe Road Ashland City, TN 37015 3. Effective Date of Rental 4. Type of Project/Stories 5. Floor of Unit in Building 6. Project Occupancy % (Lic. Beds) 7. Concessions 8. Year Built 9. Square Foot Area 10. Number of Bedrooms 11. Number of Baths 12. Number of Rooms 13. Balc/Terrace/Patio 14. Garage or Carport 15. Equipment a) A/C b) Kitchen Equipment c) Meals Per Day d) Housekeeping Services e) Linen Services f) Service Level g) Unit Occupancy h) Carpet/Drapes i) Facility Amenities 16. Services a) Heat/Type b) Cook/Type c) Electricity d) Water Cold/Hot 17. Design/Appeal 18. Project Location 19. Other Homew ood Residence at Brookmont Terrace 6767 Brookmont Terrace Nashville, TN 37205 Data Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 09/07/11 ALF4 ALF2 & 3 N/A N/A N/A 94% None None Proposed 2000 $260 458 N/A 1 1 1 1 Varies Varies No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 3 1 1 1 1 0 Single Single Yes Yes AC/L AC/L Yes Yes N/A N/A Yes Yes Yes Yes Residential Residential Similar The Waterford in Bellevue Senior Living Barton House Mary Queen of Angels The Cumberland at Green Hills 8118-B Saw yer Brow n Road Nashville, TN 37221 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 2 N/A 100% None 2002 $211 N/A 1 1 Varies No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 0 Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 6961 U.S. Highw ay 70 South Nashville, TN 37221 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 1 N/A 95% None Circa 2000 $245 N/A 1 1 Varies No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 0 Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 34 White Bridge Road Nashville, TN 37205 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 3 N/A 93% None 2001 $234 N/A 1 1 Varies No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 0 Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 15 Burton Hills Boulevard Nashville, TN 37215 Data Adjustments + 09/07/11 ALF 4 N/A 100% None 2007 $320 N/A 1 1 Varies No No Yes Yes 3 1 1 Similar Single Yes AC/L Yes N/A Yes Yes Residential Similar 20. Unit Rent per Month $5,190 $4,223 $4,900 $4,680 $6,390 21. Total Adjustment $260 $211 $245 $234 $320 22. Indicated Rent $5,450 $4,434 $5,145 $4,914 $6,710 23. Correlated Subject Rent $5,171 Remarks On Adjustments: The proposed subject's actual monthly rates are $2,981 to $3,194/month for an AL studio unit, $3,498/month for an AL one-bedroom unit, $3,741/month for an AL tw o-bedroom unit and $5,019 to $5,323/month for a private memory care unit. All of the comparable properties require an upw ard adjustment for inferior year built. The proposed subject's actual private pay rate for a private memory care unit ($5,171) is w ithin the adjusted range and is deemed reasonable. Page 125 Based on the analysis, the proposed monthly rates for all unit types are deemed reasonable. Assisted Living Levels of Care Assisted Living Levels of Care revenue includes income from additional services provided to assisted living residents. These additional services included assistance with bathing and grooming, daily bed making, additional personal assistance with safety and mobility, personal laundry, daily medication distribution, in-room meal delivery and toileting/incontinence. The following tables present the estimated levels of care utilizations, the daily rates for each unit type, and the rate difference between each level of care for the subject: Traditional Assisted Living AL Care Level Utilizaiton Level Mix % to Total 1 30 50% 2 21 35% 3 9 15% Total 60 100% 1 2 3 Studio (Small) $98 Base $108 $10 $118 $10 1 2 3 Studio (Large) $105 Base $115 $10 $125 $10 1 2 3 One-Bedroom $115 Base $125 $10 $135 $10 1 2 3 Two-Bedroom $123 Base $133 $10 $150 $17 Memory Care MC Care Level Utilizaiton Level Mix % to Total 1 16 80% 2 4 20% Total 20 100% 1 2 Studio (Small) $165 Base $175 $10 1 2 Studio (Large) $175 Base $185 $10 A correlated estimate of $170 per occupied unit is used in this analysis. Of the comparable facilities, Wyngate has higher Levels of Care revenue. However, this is offset by lower base rent revenues. Page 126 Blue Ridge Manor’s Levels of Care revenues are similar to the budgeted revenues and the correlated estimate on a percent-of-revenue basis. Carriage House and Alden Pointe did not break out Levels of Care revenue. The proposed Level of Care revenue is deemed reasonable. Second Occupant Fees Management’s budget anticipates all six assisted living two-bedroom units to be doubly occupied, yielding $61,320 in revenue. The correlated estimate estimates half of the two-bedroom units will be doubly occupied, and thus the correlated estimated revenue from second occupant fees is $30,660. Community Fees The subject will charge a non-refundable deposit to incoming residents of $1,500. Most of the competitors in the market charge a community fee. Competitors 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 8 charge community fees that range from $1,000 to $3,500. Competitor 7, Belmont Village, does not have a community fee. The subject’s fee of $1,500 is within the range of the comparable facilities and is considered reasonable. The revenues for this fee are estimated by applying a turnover rate to the correlated occupancy and assuming that about 50% of annual resident turnover revenue will be applied to the admission fee. The average length of stay (ALOS) for assisted living with memory care is estimated at two years, equating to a 50.0% annual turnover. According to the 2009 State of Senior Housing Report, the median turnover rate for assisted living with memory care is 65.4%. This calculation is presented in the following table: Page 127 Memory Care Assisted Living Turnover Estimate Total Units 80 Unit Occupancy 91.5% Occupied Units 73.2 ALOS 2 Annual Turnover 50.0% Estimated Turnover 37.0 Move In Fees $1,500 Annual Move in Revenue $55,500 Estimated Collection 50.0% Annual Revenue $27,750 Miscellaneous This category includes additional resident fees, including guest meals, phone and cable income, supplies and beauty and barber revenues. Management’s budget projects Miscellaneous revenues to be $45 per unit month in the stabilized year. A Miscellaneous revenues estimate of $45 per unit month is utilized in the analysis. The subject’s proposed combined Second Occupant Fees, Deposits and Miscellaneous revenues are below the comparable range and thus deemed reasonable. The following table presents the subject’s estimated effective gross income: Revenue: AL Studio (Small) AL Studio (Large) AL One-Bedroom AL Two-Bedroom Memory Care Studio (Small) Memory Care Studio (Large) Total R&B AL Levels of Care Second Occupants Deposits Miscellaneous Total Revenue Amount 526,534 634,662 772,340 247,820 542,025 574,875 $3,298,257 149,328 30,660 27,750 39,528 $3,545,523 PUM % of Rev. $2,981 14.9% 3,194 17.9% 3,498 21.8% 3,741 7.0% 5,019 15.3% 5,323 16.2% 3,755 93.0% 170 4.2% 35 0.9% 32 0.8% 45 1.1% $4,036 100.0% Page 128 Total Revenue The following table compares Management’s projections and correlated revenue: Subject Total Revenue Analysis Total Revenue PUM Avg Monthly Census Management's Budget Stabilized Year $3,873,653 $4,090 78.9 Correlated $3,545,523 $4,036 73.2 For additional comparison, the subject’s revenues are compared to the comparable expense data (originally presented in Table 2) in the following table: Total Revenue PUM Expense Comparable 1 $3,333,765 $4,188 Comparable Revenue Analysis Expense Expense Comparable Comparable 2 3 $2,019,986 $1,598,347 $3,367 $3,433 Expense Comparable 4 $1,735,490 $5,482 Correlated $3,545,523 $4,036 As indicated in the above table, the subject’s correlated revenue is within the comparable range on a per-unit-month basis. Therefore, based on the current market levels, the subject’s revenue estimate is deemed reasonable. Page 129 OPERATING EXPENSES Operating expenses consist of variable expenses that change with the occupancy, fixed expenses that do not change with occupancy and reserves for replacement of short-lived items. As presented in Table 1, projected operating statements are obtained for the subject. These operating expenses are analyzed on a per-patient-day basis and percentage of net revenue. In order to determine market level expenses, the expenses of four comparable facilities have been compared to the subject. The comparable facilities utilized in this analysis are located in West Virginia, Virginia and Mississippi in addition to the subject’s state of Tennessee. An explanation of the expense amounts used in this analysis is as follows: General/Administrative This category includes all wages and salaries associated with general administration as well as office supplies, telephone, education, professional and legal fees, travel and marketing related expenses. The following table presents the subject’s historical performance, comparable expense data and correlation of this expense category: Amount PUM % of Rev General/Administrative Expense Budget Expense Comparable Data VIG Stabilized Year 1 2 3 4 Correlated $216,492 $186,289 $219,255 $157,760 $132,626 $219,600 $229 $234 $365 $339 $419 $250 5.6% 5.6% 10.9% 9.9% 7.6% 6.2% The correlated estimate is towards the low end of the comparable range. Comparable 2 includes management fees in this category. Comparables 3 and 4 include marketing expenses in General/Administrative expenses and Comparable 2 includes the Management Fee in this category. Comparable 4 includes some benefits in this category. Thus, the comparable range is overstated. Marketing This category includes all wages and salaries associated with marketing as well as supplies and travel. The following table presents the subject’s historical performance, comparable expense data and correlation of this expense category: Amount PUM % of Rev Budget Stabilized Year $122,541 $129 3.2% Expense Comparable Data 1 2 3 $33,945 $6,228 $0 $43 $10 $0 1.0% 0.3% 0.0% VIG Correlated $0 $114,192 $0 $130 0.0% 3.2% 4 Expense Comparables 3 and 4 includes this expense in the General/Administrative category. The correlated estimate is above the comparable range. The subject is a proposed facility and will need to spend more on Marketing as compared to existing established facilities. Page 130 Benefits/Payroll Taxes This category includes employee benefits such as group health insurance, workers compensation insurance and payroll taxes. The following table presents the subject’s historical performance, comparable expense data and correlation of this expense category: Amount PUM % of Rev Benefits/Payroll Taxes Expense Budget Expense Comparable Data Stabilized Year 1 2 3 $197,392 $146,434 $162,743 $73,541 $208 $184 $271 $158 5.1% 4.4% 8.1% 4.6% VIG 4 Correlated $15,269 $184,464 $48 $210 0.9% 5.2% The budgeted value and the correlated estimate are within the comparable range and are considered reasonable. Plant Operations This category includes all wages and salaries associated with the maintenance staff, as well as supplies, normal maintenance and repairs. The following table presents the subject’s historical performance, comparable expense data and correlation of this expense category: Amount PUM % of Rev Plant Operations Expense Budget Expense Comparable Data Stabilized Year 1 2 3 $155,424 $98,077 $68,344 $39,321 $164 $123 $114 $84 4.0% 2.9% 3.4% 2.5% VIG 4 Correlated $14,253 $140,544 $45 $160 0.8% 4.0% The budgeted expense and the correlated estimate are above the comparable range. The subject is significantly larger than the comparables. The following table presents this expense on a per-squarefoot basis: Amount PUM Building SF PSF Plant Operations Expense - Per Square Foot Expense Comparable Data Stabilized Year 1 2 3 $155,424 $98,077 $68,344 $39,321 $164 $123 $114 $84 81,252 37,740 40,175 N/A $1.91 $2.60 $1.70 N/A VIG 4 Correlated $14,253 $140,544 $45 $160 23,957 81,252 $0.59 $1.73 On a per-square-foot basis, the budget amount and the correlated estimate are within the comparable range. The correlated estimate is towards the middle of the comparable range and similar to Comparable 2 on a per-square-foot basis. The subject is within the greater Nashville area, just 3.4 miles away from the city limits of Nashville. Comparables 1 and 3 are in urban areas with significantly lower wage indices, while comparables 2 and 4 are in rural locations that also have significantly lower wage indices. Due to its proximity to Nashville, the wage index at the subject facility is significantly higher than the comparables, which leads to higher salary expenses in this category. Page 131 Utilities This category includes all utilities expenses including electric, gas, water and sewer. The following table presents the subject’s historical performance, comparable expense data and correlation of this expense category: Amount PUM % of Rev Budget Stabilized Year $153,872 $162 4.0% Utilities Expense Expense Comparable Data 1 2 3 $87,111 $76,421 $73,005 $109 $127 $157 2.6% 3.8% 4.6% VIG 4 Correlated $67,182 $158,112 $212 $180 3.9% 4.5% The budgeted expense and the correlated estimate are within the comparable range. Due to the difference in building size between the subject and the comparable facilities, a per-square-foot analysis is done and presented in the following table: Amount PUM Building SF % of Rev Utilities Expense - Per Square Foot Expense Comparable Data Stabilized Year 1 2 3 $153,872 $87,111 $76,421 $73,005 $162.48 $109.44 $127.37 $156.80 81,252 37,740 40,175 N/A $1.89 $2.31 $1.90 N/A VIG 4 Correlated $67,182 $158,112 $212.22 $180.00 23,957 81,252 $2.80 $1.95 On a per-square-foot basis, the budget amount is just below the comparable range while the correlated estimate is within the comparable range. The correlated estimate is similar to Comparable 2 on a persquare-foot basis. As a combined expense with Plant Operations, the correlated combined expense of $3.68 per square foot is in the middle of the comparable range of $3.39 to $4.91 per square foot. Dietary This category includes all wages and salaries expenses for dietary personnel, raw food costs, dietary supplies and nutritional supplements. The following table presents the subject’s historical performance, comparable expense data and correlation of this expense category: Amount PUM % of Rev Budget Stabilized Year $486,582 $514 12.6% Dietary Expense Expense Comparable Data VIG 1 2 3 4 Correlated $246,487 $172,400 $109,936 $159,435 $307,440 $310 $287 $236 $504 $350 7.4% 8.5% 6.9% 9.2% 8.7% The budgeted expense is above the comparable range. The correlated estimate is closer to the comparable values for this expense on both a per-unit-month and percent-of-revenue basis. The correlated estimate is towards the high end of the comparable range because the subject is within the greater Nashville area, just 3.4 miles away from the city limits of Nashville. Comparables 1 and 3 are in urban areas with significantly lower wage indices, while comparables 2 and 4 are in rural locations that also have significantly lower wage indices. Due to its proximity to Nashville, the wage index at Page 132 the subject facility is significantly higher than the comparables, which leads to higher salary expenses in this category. Housekeeping/Laundry This category includes wages and salaries for housekeeping and laundry staff as well as all housekeeping and laundry-related supplies. The following table presents the subject’s historical performance, comparable expense data and correlation of this expense category: Amount PUM % of Rev Housekeeping/Laundry Expense Budget Expense Comparable Data Stabilized Year 1 2 3 $19,714 $7,193 $26,560 $0 $21 $9 $44 $0 0.5% 0.2% 1.3% 0.0% VIG 4 Correlated $33,688 $21,960 $106 $25 1.9% 0.6% Expense Comparable 3 includes this expense within the Personal Care category. The estimated expenses are within the comparable range and deemed reasonable. Personal Care This category involves the costs of all wages and salaries associated with personal care services and medical records as well as related supplies. The following table presents the subject’s historical performance, comparable expense data and correlation of this expense category: Amount PUM % of Rev Budget Stabilized Year $582,973 $616 15.0% Personal Care Expense Expense Comparable Data VIG 1 2 3 4 Correlated $553,734 $408,711 $396,317 $370,185 $724,680 $696 $681 $851 $1,169 $825 16.6% 20.2% 24.8% 21.3% 20.4% Expense Comparable 1 includes Activities/Social Services in Personal Care. The subject’s budgeted expenses for this category are below the comparable range. The correlated estimate is closer to the expense amount at the comparable facilities on a per-unit-month and percent-of-revenue basis. The correlated estimate of $825 per unit month and 20.4% of revenue is in the middle of the range of the other expense comparables. Activities/Social Services This category includes the costs of all wages and salaries associated with activities and social services as well as related supplies. The following table presents the subject’s historical performance, comparable expense data and correlation of this expense category: Amount PUM % of Rev Budget Stabilized Year $87,521 $92 2.3% Expense Comparable Data 2 3 $0 $24,246 $28,786 $0 $40 $62 0.0% 1.2% 1.8% 1 VIG 4 Correlated $13,280 $74,664 $42 $85 0.8% 2.1% Page 133 Expense Comparable 1 includes Activities/Social Services expenses in the Personal Care category. The subject is within the greater Nashville area, just 3.4 miles away from the city limits of Nashville. Comparables 1 and 3 are in urban areas with significantly lower wage indices, while comparables 2 and 4 are in rural locations that also have significantly lower wage indices. Due to its proximity to Nashville, the wage index at the subject facility is significantly higher than the comparables, which leads to higher salary expenses in this category. Insurance This includes both professional liability and property insurance for the subject facility. The following table presents the subject’s historical performance, comparable expense data and correlation of this expense category: Amount Units Per Unit PUM % of Rev Budget Stabilized Year $2,372 80 $30 $3 0.1% Insurance Expense Expense Comparable Data 1 2 3 $121,074 $36,519 $37,904 70 59 40 $1,730 $619 $948 $152 $61 $81 3.6% 1.8% 2.4% 4 $20,873 37 $564 $66 1.2% VIG Correlated $56,000 80 $700 $64 1.6% The subject’s budgeted insurance expenses are significantly lower than the comparable range. According to Management, the Insurance account in the budget should be allocated thusly: 31% to workers compensation insurance, 66% to group medical insurance (both of these have been included in the Benefits/Payroll Expense Category) and 3% to liability insurances. The correlated expense is increased to $700 per unit and 1.6% of revenue, which is in line with the comparable data. Property Taxes This category includes real estate taxes and personal property taxes. The following table presents the subject’s historical performance, comparable expense data and correlation of this expense category: Amount PUM % of Rev Budget Stabilized Year $23,309 $25 0.6% Property Taxes Expense Expense Comparable Data 1 2 3 $48,110 $0 $52,191 $234 $0 $339 1.4% 0.0% 3.3% VIG 4 Correlated $30,901 $135,000 $419 $154 1.8% 3.8% As discussed in the Assessment and Taxes section, after consideration of assessment comparables and conversations with the Cheatham County Assessor, the subject is estimated to have an assessment of $50.00 per square foot. With the 2011 tax rate at $3.25 per $100 of assessed value, the real estate tax is estimated to be $132,000, which is significantly higher than the budgeted expense. The correlated estimate includes $3,000 for personal property taxes. The correlated estimate is below the comparable range on a per-unit-month basis, but above the range on a percent-of-revenue basis. Management Fee Management fees typically range from 4% to 6% of net revenue (effective gross income) for healthcare facilities of the subject’s scope and level of services. A management fee of 5.0% has been Page 134 utilized in this analysis. The following table presents the subject’s historical performance, comparable expense data and correlation of this expense category: Amount % of Rev Management Fee Expense Budget Expense Comparable Data Stabilized Year 1 2 3 $0 $165,814 $0 $44,260 0.0% 5.0% 0.0% 2.8% VIG 4 Correlated $86,775 $177,276 5.0% 5.0% Expense Comparable 2 includes this fee in the General/Administrative category. The subject’s budget does not include management fee expenses. According to Management, the contract amount is the greater of 5.0% of revenue or $5,000 per month. The correlated estimate is based on a market rate of 5.0% and is in line with the comparable expense data. Reserves Reserves for replacement are not included in the subject’s historical operating statements. This reserve is for the replacement of short-lived items, general modernization and renovation. Reserves are estimated at $400 per unit, or $32,000, which is allocated at $200 for realty and $200 for major moveable equipment. Total Expenses The historical expenses are compared to the estimated expenses in the following table: Subject Total Expense Analysis Total Expenses Less: Property Taxes Management Fee Reserves Adjusted Expenses PUM % of Rev Avg Monthly Census Management's Budget Stabilized Year $2,048,193 23,309 0 0 $2,024,884 $2,138 52.3% 78.9 Correlated $2,345,932 135,000 177,276 32,000 $2,001,656 $2,279 56.5% 73.2 The following table compares the comparable expense data to the subject: Page 135 Total Expenses Less: Property Taxes Management Fee Reserves Adjusted Expenses PUM % of Rev Expense Comparable 1 $1,694,269 48,110 165,814 0 $1,480,344 $1,860 44.4% Comparable Expense Analysis Expense Expense Comparable Comparable 2 3 $1,201,424 $1,013,020 0 52,191 0 44,260 0 0 $1,201,424 $916,570 $2,002 $1,969 59.5% 57.3% Expense Comparable 4 $944,466 30,901 86,775 0 $826,790 $2,612 47.6% Correlated $2,345,932 135,000 177,276 32,000 $2,001,656 $2,279 56.5% The comparable data ranges from $1,860 to $2,612 per unit month and from 44.4% to 59.5% of net revenue. The correlated expenses are within the comparable range. NET OPERATING INCOME (NOI) In this analysis, the net operating income has been considered before deducting depreciation and interest because these items are accounted for in the capitalization rate. Depreciation is a provision for the recapture of historical costs and is a non-cash item. The debt-service component is excluded because the charge for debt is a component of the capitalization rate. The following table compares the subject’s correlated and projected NOI: Subject Net Operating Income Analysis Net Operating Income Add: Property Taxes Management Fee Reserves Adjusted NOI PUM % of Rev Avg Monthly Census Management's Budget Stabilized Year $1,825,460 23,309 0 0 $1,848,769 $1,952 47.7% 78.9 Correlated $1,199,591 135,000 177,276 32,000 $1,543,867 $1,758 43.5% 73.2 Page 136 The subject’s NOI is also compared to the comparable data in the following table: Net Operating Income Add: Property Taxes Management Fee Reserves Adjusted NOI PUM % of Rev Comparable Net Operating Income Analysis Expense Expense Expense Comparable Comparable Comparable 1 2 3 $1,639,496 $818,562 $585,326 48,110 0 52,191 165,814 0 44,260 0 0 0 $1,853,421 $818,562 $681,777 $2,328 $1,364 $1,464 55.6% 40.5% 42.7% Expense Comparable 4 $791,024 30,901 86,775 0 $908,700 $2,870 52.4% Correlated $1,199,591 135,000 177,276 32,000 $1,543,867 $1,758 43.5% The comparable data ranges from $1,364 to $2,870 per unit month and from 40.5% to 55.6% of net revenue. The correlated NOI is within the comparable range. Table 3, displayed on the following page, presents the subject’s stabilized pro forma: Page 137 Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Table 3 - Stabilized Pro Forma AL Studio (Small) AL Studio (Large) AL One-Bedroom AL Two-Bedroom Memory Care Studio (Small) Memory Care Studio (Large) Total Available Months/Units Occupancy Rate Revenue: AL Studio (Small) AL Studio (Large) AL One-Bedroom AL Two-Bedroom Memory Care Studio (Small) Memory Care Studio (Large) Total R&B AL Levels of Care Second Occupants Community Fee Miscellaneous Total Revenue Expenses: General/Administrative Marketing Benefits/Payroll Taxes Plant Operations Utilities Dietary Housekeeping/Laundry Personal Care Activities & Social Services Insurance Subtotal Property Taxes Management Fee Reserves Total Expenses Net Operating Income Resident Months 177 199 221 66 108 108 878 960 91.5% Amount 526,534 634,662 772,340 247,820 542,025 574,875 $3,298,257 149,328 30,660 27,750 39,528 $3,545,523 $219,600 114,192 184,464 140,544 158,112 307,440 21,960 724,680 74,664 56,000 $2,001,656 135,000 177,276 32,000 $2,345,932 $1,199,591 AMC 14.7 16.6 18.4 5.5 9.0 9.0 73.2 80.0 Payor Mix 20.1% 22.6% 25.1% 7.5% 12.3% 12.3% 100.0% PUM % of Rev. $2,981 14.9% 3,194 17.9% 3,498 21.8% 3,741 7.0% 5,019 15.3% 5,323 16.2% 3,755 93.0% 170 4.2% 35 0.9% 32 0.8% 45 1.1% $4,036 100.0% $250 130 210 160 180 350 25 825 85 64 $2,279 154 202 36 $2,671 $1,366 6.2% 3.2% 5.2% 4.0% 4.5% 8.7% 0.6% 20.4% 2.1% 1.6% 56.5% 3.8% 5.0% 0.9% 66.2% 33.8% Page 138 CAPITALIZATION PROCESS After estimating cash flow from operations, it is necessary to process it into a value. This has been accomplished via the Direct Capitalization Method. In this method, a capitalization rate is used to convert the estimate of stabilized net operating income into a value. This rate should represent the annual rate of return necessary to attract investment capital. Inherent in the selected overall capitalization rate is a return on, and of, invested capital. Capitalization rates are derived from the market, and rates achieved by the sales used in the Sales Comparison Approach are reviewed. These sales, together with their capitalization rates, are summarized as follows: Sale 1 2 3 4 5 6 Number of Beds 116 43 176 51 102 42 Date of Sale Aug-10 Apr-09 Apr-10 May-08 Dec-10 May-11 Sales Price $8,500,000 $4,750,000 $43,000,000 $6,200,000 $17,500,000 $4,375,000 OAR 9.5% 8.3% 8.0% 9.4% 9.3% 8.6% While differences exist in terms of both the comparable sales and the local markets in which they operate, the properties would compete with the subject for investors' dollars. The comparable data indicates a capitalization rate range between 8.0% and 9.5%, with a median and mean of 8.9%. Operationally, Comparable Sale 5 is the most similar to the subject and indicates a capitalization rate of 9.3%. Published surveys of investors in long-term care facilities have also been considered. The Senior Care Acquisition Report, Sixteenth Edition, 2011, produced by Irving Levin and Associates, Inc., indicates that the average assisted living capitalization rate for 2010 was 9.6%. The following chart illustrates the average and median trend line: Page 139 Average Capitalization Rates 14.00% 12.00% 10.00% 8.00% 6.00% 4.00% 2.00% 0.00% 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Median Average The National Investor Center (NIC) for the seniors and healthcare industries gathers quarterly information on the sale of senior care facilities. The most recent quarterly (6/30/11) results are summarized in the following table: Property Type Congregate Assisted Living Nursing Homes CCRCs Capitalization Rates Low Average High 6.50% 8.10% 9.00% 7.00% 9.30% 12.00% 7.70% 13.00% 15.00% 7.00% 9.30% 13.50% Number of Properties 15 90 67 7 Capitalization rates reported in these published sources take into account reserves for replacement and management fees. In addition to deriving the capitalization rate from the transactions, the band of investment technique is utilized. Properties are purchased with debt and equity and the overall capitalization rate (RO) must Page 140 satisfy the market return requirements of both investment positions. The capitalization rate for debt is the ratio of the annual debt service to the principal amount of the mortgage loan and is called the mortgage constant (RM). The equity capitalization rate (RE) is the ratio of annual pre-tax cash flow to the amount of the equity investment. The overall capitalization rate is the weighted average of the mortgage’s constant and the equity dividend rate based upon the loan-to-value ratio. The overall rate may be derived with the band of investment using the following formula: Mortgage component Equity component Overall Rate (RO) M x (RM) = E x (RR) = + = Where: M = loan-to-value E = equity ratio (RM) = loan constant (RE) = equity capitalization rate The loan constant is estimated at 0.0676 (loan constant of 0.0619 plus MIP of 0.57%), based on the proposed HUD loan terms of 5.5% interest, 40-year amortization, 0.57% mortgage insurance premium (MIP), and 75% loan-to-value. The equity capitalization rate is at 15%. Band of Investment Percentage Position Contribution Rates Debt Portion 75% x 0.0775 Equity Portion 25% x 0.1500 Total Contribution (Rd) 100% = = Weighted Average 5.81% 3.75% 9.60% The three methods considered indicate a range in capitalization rates, which are summarized in the following table: Page 141 Method Comparable Sales Published Survey Band of Investment Indication 8.0% to 9.5% 7.0% to 12.0% 9.60% Upon completion, the subject property will be the only significant assisted living and memory care assisted living facility in the PMA and Cheatham County. There are currently no comparable assisted living or memory care assisted living beds within the subject’s PMA. Thus, the subject facility is entering an unproven market for assisted living services. Although the subject property will be the newest and most modern facility in the greater Nashville area, there is competition from facilities within either southwestern or southern Nashville, in suburban, more densely developed neighborhoods than the subject’s area. These factors increase the risk involved with achieving the projected NOI. Based upon the reasonableness of the correlated NOI in comparison to market expectations, the increased risk as described above, and the demand for assisted living units in the subject market area, a capitalization rate of 9.5% is appropriate for the subject property. Applying the capitalization rate to the adjusted net operating income results in the following computation of value: Net Operating Income Capitalization Rate Indicated Value Rounded $1,199,591 9.5% $12,627,270 $12,630,000 INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH SUMMARY It is our opinion that the value of the subject facility, in fee simple, via the Income Capitalization Approach, is represented in the rounded amount of: $12,630,000 OPERATING DEFICIT In accordance with HUD Lean guidelines, the following calculation estimates the breakeven occupancy and resulting operating deficit for the proposed subject facility: Page 142 Vantage Pointe Village at Ashland City Prepared: 10/18/2011 Number of Preleases 11.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 19.00 Avg. Monthly Absorption 1.75 1.00 0.00 0.00 2.75 Occupancy Assumptions Unit Type e.g. Assisted Living e.g. Memory Care e.g. Skilled Nursing or Sub-Acute e.g. Independent Living Totals Total # Beds 60 20 0 0 80 UW Occupancy 92.00% 90.00% 0.00% 0.00% 91.50% Rounded Operating Deficit Total: Period Month 1 Month 2 Month 3 Month 4 Month 5 Month 6 Month 7 Month 8 Month 9 Month 10 Month 11 Month 12 Month 13 Month 14 Month 15 Month 16 Month 17 Month 18 Month 19 Month 20 Month 21 Month 22 Month 23 Month 24 Month 25 Month 26 Month 27 Month 28 Month 29 Month 30 Month 31 Month 32 Month 33 Month 34 Month 35 Month 36 Occupied Units 0.00 0.00 19.00 21.75 24.50 27.25 30.00 32.75 35.50 38.25 41.00 43.75 46.50 48.25 50.00 51.75 53.50 55.25 57.00 58.75 60.50 62.25 64.00 65.75 67.50 69.25 71.00 72.75 73.20 73.20 73.20 73.20 73.20 73.20 73.20 73.20 Occupied Percent 0.00% 0.00% 23.75% 27.19% 30.63% 34.06% 37.50% 40.94% 44.38% 47.81% 51.25% 54.69% 58.13% 60.31% 62.50% 64.69% 66.88% 69.06% 71.25% 73.44% 75.63% 77.81% 80.00% 82.19% 84.38% 86.56% 88.75% 90.94% 91.50% 91.50% 91.50% 91.50% 91.50% 91.50% 91.50% 91.50% Income per Period $0 $0 $76,691 $87,790 $98,890 $109,990 $121,090 $132,190 $143,290 $154,390 $165,490 $176,590 $187,690 $194,754 $201,817 $208,881 $215,944 $223,008 $230,072 $237,135 $244,199 $251,262 $258,326 $265,390 $272,453 $279,517 $286,580 $293,644 $295,460 $295,460 $295,460 $295,460 $295,460 $295,460 $295,460 $295,460 Exp. & Mort. per Period ($102,736) ($102,736) ($207,922) ($205,695) ($167,569) ($172,619) ($177,726) ($182,832) ($187,938) ($193,044) ($198,151) ($203,257) ($208,363) ($211,612) ($214,862) ($218,111) ($221,361) ($224,610) ($227,860) ($221,593) ($224,842) ($228,092) ($231,341) ($234,591) ($237,840) ($241,090) ($244,339) ($247,588) ($248,424) ($248,424) ($248,424) ($248,424) ($248,424) ($248,424) ($248,424) ($248,424) $903,000 Income/Loss per Period ($102,736) ($102,736) ($131,232) ($117,905) ($68,678) ($62,629) ($56,635) ($50,642) ($44,648) ($38,654) ($32,660) ($26,667) ($20,673) ($16,859) ($13,045) ($9,231) ($5,416) ($1,602) $2,212 $15,542 $19,356 $23,170 $26,985 $30,799 $34,613 $38,427 $42,241 $46,055 $47,036 $47,036 $47,036 $47,036 $47,036 $47,036 $47,036 $47,036 Page 143 The above calculation assumes 11.0 assisted living units and 8.0 memory care units are pre-leased and a net absorption rate of 1.75 assisted living units and 1.0 memory care units per month. The management fee used in the calculations is based on the actual contract, which stipulates a monthly payment that is the greater of 5% of monthly revenues or $5,000. CORRELATION OF VALUE Three traditional approaches to value have been considered. While the approaches are independently developed, the same fundamental principles of valuation and economics form the logical basis for each approach. The indications of value by the three approaches are as follows: Cost Approach Sales Comparison Approach Income Capitalization Approach Fee Simple $12,900,000 $12,650,000 $12,630,000 The Cost Approach is indicative of the value of the land plus the depreciated replacement cost of the building, land improvements and equipment. The reliability of this approach depends on the property age and whether or not it has obsolescence. In light of the complexity of estimating the replacement cost, it is not necessarily the most reliable of value estimates, but still provides good support to the value conclusion and is within a reasonable range. In comparison to the other two approaches, its applicability is considered less relevant than both the Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization approaches. The Sales Comparison Approach reflects competitive conditions based on the value of the assets, business enterprise and other intangible assets associated with the operation of a senior home-type facility. In the case of special purpose properties such as the subject, this approach is particularly difficult to apply due to the subjectivity involved in making adjustments for intangible assets and numerous economic considerations that are not always known. Due to the lack of sales in the subject’s state of Tennessee, the comparable sales used in this analysis are located in Tennessee, North Carolina, Massachusetts and Ohio. The Sales Comparison Approach in this appraisal is considered less relevant than the Income Capitalization Approach. Page 144 The estimated net operating income for the subject is based on market data based on our surveys. The financial data from comparable facilities has been relied upon, as well as our experience in appraising facilities of this kind. The estimate of income and expenses is considered reliable and a reasonable measure of market levels. The capitalization rate was derived from the marketplace based upon the sales of similar facilities and a review of other current market data. Overall, the Income Capitalization Approach, utilizing the direct capitalization method, was considered the best indicator of value for the fee simple interest in the subject property. Therefore, it is our opinion that the as-is market value of the fee simple interest in the going concern identified as VantagePointe Village at Ashland City, as of September 7, 2011, is represented in the rounded amount of: $12,630,000 The value may be allocated as follows: Land Improvements Equipment Business Total $380,000 11,650,000 600,000 0 $12,630,000 Exhibit A AREA MAP 0 mi 10 20 Copyright © 1988-2005 Microsoft Corp. and/or its suppliers. All rights reserved. http://www.microsoft.com/streets/ © 2004 NAVTEQ. All rights reserved. This data includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada. © Copyright 2004 by TeleAtlas North America, Inc. All rights reserved. 30 NEIGHBORHOOD MAP 0 mi 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 Copyright © 1988-2005 Microsoft Corp. and/or its suppliers. All rights reserved. http://www.microsoft.com/streets/ © 2004 NAVTEQ. All rights reserved. This data includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada. © Copyright 2004 by TeleAtlas North America, Inc. All rights reserved. 1 1.2 Senior Life 2011 Place (see appendix for geographies), Total Totals Population 2016 Projection 2011 Estimate 2000 Census 1990 Census 5,330 4,931 3,641 3,105 Growth 1990 - 2000 17.26% 2000 Census Population by Age % 2011 Estimate % 2016 Projection % Total Population Age 45 - 54 Age 55 - 64 Age 65 - 74 Age 75 - 84 Age 85 and over 3,641 450 258 234 158 86 12.36% 7.09% 6.43% 4.34% 2.36% 4,931 710 553 308 221 128 14.40% 11.21% 6.25% 4.48% 2.60% 5,330 764 657 421 240 135 14.33% 12.33% 7.90% 4.50% 2.53% Age 65 and over 478 13.13% 657 13.32% 796 14.93% 1,782 235 124 97 61 21 13.19% 6.96% 5.44% 3.42% 1.18% 2,417 337 279 136 88 40 13.94% 11.54% 5.63% 3.64% 1.65% 2,608 365 311 202 93 42 14.00% 11.92% 7.75% 3.57% 1.61% 179 10.04% 264 10.92% 337 12.92% 1,859 215 134 137 97 65 11.57% 7.21% 7.37% 5.22% 3.50% 2,514 373 274 172 133 88 14.84% 10.90% 6.84% 5.29% 3.50% 2,722 399 346 219 147 93 14.66% 12.71% 8.05% 5.40% 3.42% 299 16.08% 393 15.63% 459 16.86% Total Population, Male Age 45 - 54 Age 55 - 64 Age 65 - 74 Age 75 - 84 Age 85 and over Age 65 and over Total Population, Female Age 45 - 54 Age 55 - 64 Age 65 - 74 Age 75 - 84 Age 85 and over Age 65 and over Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 Page 1 Of 9 Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. Senior Life 2011 Place (see appendix for geographies), Total 2000 Census Population by Single Race Classification White Alone Age 65 and over Black or African American Alone Age 65 and over American Indian and Alaska Native Alone Age 65 and over Asian Alone Age 65 and over Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander Alone Age 65 and over Some Other Race Alone Age 65 and over Two or More Races Age 65 and over 3,424 455 136 22 10 0 9 0 0 0 38 0 24 1 2000 Census Population by Hispanic or Latino Hispanic or Latino Age 65 and over Not Hispanic or Latino 74 2 3,567 2000 Census Household Income by Age of Householder Householder Age 45 - 54 Income less than $15,000 Income $15,000 - $24,999 Income $25,000 - $34,999 Income $35,000 - $49,999 Income $50,000 - $74,999 Income $75,000 - $99,999 Income $100,000 - $124,999 Income $125,000 - $149,999 Income $150,000 - $199,999 Income $200,000 or more Median Household Income Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 236 24 5 24 69 59 19 20 14 2 0 $49,130 Page 2 Of 9 % 13.29% 16.18% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 4.17% % 2.70% % 10.17% 2.12% 10.17% 29.24% 25.00% 8.05% 8.47% 5.93% 0.85% 0.00% 2011 Estimate 4,497 615 268 38 15 0 24 0 0 0 75 1 52 3 % 13.68% 14.18% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.33% 5.77% 2011 Estimate % 149 9 4,782 6.04% 2011 Estimate 396 42 17 40 85 106 49 21 17 15 4 $53,302 % 10.61% 4.29% 10.10% 21.46% 26.77% 12.37% 5.30% 4.29% 3.79% 1.01% Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. 2016 Projection 4,786 736 335 58 14 0 32 1 0 0 99 0 64 1 2016 Projection 196 8 5,134 2016 Projection 422 41 18 42 89 115 54 22 18 17 6 $54,565 % 15.38% 17.31% 0.00% 3.12% 0.00% 0.00% 1.56% % 4.08% % 9.72% 4.27% 9.95% 21.09% 27.25% 12.80% 5.21% 4.27% 4.03% 1.42% Senior Life 2011 Place (see appendix for geographies), Total 2000 Census Household Income by Age of Householder Householder Age 55 - 64 Income less than $15,000 Income $15,000 - $24,999 Income $25,000 - $34,999 Income $35,000 - $49,999 Income $50,000 - $74,999 Income $75,000 - $99,999 Income $100,000 - $124,999 Income $125,000 - $149,999 Income $150,000 - $199,999 Income $200,000 or more Median Household Income 201 24 51 17 29 71 9 0 0 0 0 $39,397 Householder Age 65 - 74 Income less than $15,000 Income $15,000 - $24,999 Income $25,000 - $34,999 Income $35,000 - $49,999 Income $50,000 - $74,999 Income $75,000 - $99,999 Income $100,000 - $124,999 Income $125,000 - $149,999 Income $150,000 - $199,999 Income $200,000 or more Median Household Income Householder Age 75 - 84 Income less than $15,000 Income $15,000 - $24,999 Income $25,000 - $34,999 Income $35,000 - $49,999 Income $50,000 - $74,999 Income $75,000 - $99,999 Income $100,000 - $124,999 Income $125,000 - $149,999 Income $150,000 - $199,999 Income $200,000 or more Median Household Income Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 Page 3 Of 9 % 2011 Estimate 11.94% 25.37% 8.46% 14.43% 35.32% 4.48% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 329 38 49 49 62 73 50 8 0 0 0 $41,895 163 67 5 28 44 19 0 0 0 0 0 $28,393 41.10% 3.07% 17.18% 26.99% 11.66% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 94 26 42 4 17 0 5 0 0 0 0 $20,000 27.66% 44.68% 4.26% 18.09% 0.00% 5.32% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% % 2016 Projection % 11.55% 14.89% 14.89% 18.84% 22.19% 15.20% 2.43% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 388 40 56 57 74 87 58 13 2 1 0 $43,311 10.31% 14.43% 14.69% 19.07% 22.42% 14.95% 3.35% 0.52% 0.26% 0.00% 197 68 20 40 43 20 5 0 0 0 1 $27,625 34.52% 10.15% 20.30% 21.83% 10.15% 2.54% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.51% 269 86 28 54 66 24 9 1 0 0 1 $28,796 31.97% 10.41% 20.07% 24.54% 8.92% 3.35% 0.37% 0.00% 0.00% 0.37% 133 27 41 31 10 16 5 3 0 0 0 $24,634 20.30% 30.83% 23.31% 7.52% 12.03% 3.76% 2.26% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 145 30 43 36 12 17 5 2 0 0 0 $24,884 20.69% 29.66% 24.83% 8.28% 11.72% 3.45% 1.38% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. Senior Life 2011 Place (see appendix for geographies), Total 2000 Census Household Income by Age of Householder Householder Age 85 and over Income less than $15,000 Income $15,000 - $24,999 Income $25,000 - $34,999 Income $35,000 - $49,999 Income $50,000 - $74,999 Income $75,000 - $99,999 Income $100,000 - $124,999 Income $125,000 - $149,999 Income $150,000 - $199,999 Income $200,000 or more Median Household Income % 28 10 12 1 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 $18,333 2000 Census Households by Household Income Total Household Income Income Less than $15,000 Income $15,000 - $24,999 Income $25,000 - $34,999 Income $35,000 - $49,999 Income $50,000 - $74,999 Income $75,000 - $99,999 Income $100,000 - $124,999 Income $100,000 - $149,999 Income $125,000 - $149,999 Income $150,000 - $199,999 Income $150,000 - $249,999 Income $200,000 - $499,999 Income $250,000 - $499,999 Income $500,000 or more 35.71% 42.86% 3.57% 14.29% 0.00% 3.57% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% % 1,407 199 213 288 272 294 74 14.14% 15.14% 20.47% 19.33% 20.90% 5.26% 54 3.84% 9 0.64% 4 0 0.28% 0.00% 2011 Estimate % 59 15 15 14 5 7 2 1 0 0 0 $24,667 25.42% 25.42% 23.73% 8.47% 11.86% 3.39% 1.69% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 2011 Estimate % 2016 Projection 63 14 17 16 5 9 0 2 0 0 0 $25,313 2016 Projection 2,086 263 238 351 438 461 193 75 12.61% 11.41% 16.83% 21.00% 22.10% 9.25% 3.60% 26 15 1.36% 0.78% 30 19 1.44% 0.91% 14 0.73% 16 0.77% 2 0.10% 2 0.10% $48,250 $49,113 Median Household Income $35,193 $40,920 $41,541 Per Capita Income $16,892 $18,871 $19,332 4 Of 9 % 12.86% 11.71% 17.30% 20.60% 22.27% 8.99% 3.29% $43,421 Page 22.22% 26.98% 25.40% 7.94% 14.29% 0.00% 3.17% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1,913 246 224 331 394 426 172 63 Average Household Income Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 % Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. Senior Life 2011 Place (see appendix for geographies), Total 2000 Census All Owner-Occupied Housing Unit Values Total All Owner-Occupied Housing Unit Values Value Less than $20,000 Value $20,000 - $39,999 Value $40,000 - $59,999 Value $60,000 - $79,999 Value $80,000 - $99,999 Value $100,000 - $149,999 Value $150,000 - $199,999 Value $200,000 - $299,999 Value $300,000 - $399,999 Value $400,000 - $499,999 Value $500,000 - $749,999 Value $750,000 - $999,999 Value $1,000,000 or more 860 29 25 97 180 257 223 9 13 7 0 0 0 0 Median All Owner-Occupied Housing Unit Value % 3.37% 2.91% 11.28% 20.93% 29.88% 25.93% 1.05% 1.51% 0.81% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% $86,926 2000 Census Group Quarters by Population Type* Group Quarters Population Correctional Institutions Nursing Homes Other Institutions College Dormitories Military Quarters Other Noninstitutional Quarters 184 104 80 0 0 0 0 Owner Occupied Renter Occupied % 56.52% 43.48% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 860 556 Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 Page 5 Of 9 1,118 29 38 40 82 168 437 201 77 25 8 13 0 0 % 2.59% 3.40% 3.58% 7.33% 15.03% 39.09% 17.98% 6.89% 2.24% 0.72% 1.16% 0.00% 0.00% $123,112 2000 Census Tenure of Occupied Housing Units 2011 Estimate 1,220 23 38 38 71 113 463 275 144 22 14 15 4 0 % 1.89% 3.11% 3.11% 5.82% 9.26% 37.95% 22.54% 11.80% 1.80% 1.15% 1.23% 0.33% 0.00% $135,313 2011 Estimate 193 107 82 0 0 0 4 2016 Projection % 55.44% 42.49% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 2.07% 2011 Estimate 1,118 795 Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. 2016 Projection 194 108 82 0 0 0 4 2016 Projection 1,220 866 % 55.67% 42.27% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 2.06% Senior Life 2011 Place (see appendix for geographies), Total Totals 2000 Tenure By Age of Householder Total Households Owner Occupied Householder 55 to 59 Years Householder 60 to 64 Years Householder 65 to 74 Years Householder 75 to 84 Years Householder 85 and over 1,408 840 58 102 100 65 18 6.90% 12.14% 11.90% 7.74% 2.14% Renter Occupied Householder 55 to 59 Years Householder 60 to 64 Years Householder 65 to 74 Years Householder 75 to 84 Years Householder 85 and over 568 23 30 49 17 18 4.05% 5.28% 8.63% 2.99% 3.17% 2000 Pop 65 and over by HH Type and Relationship Totals Total for Pop 65 and over In Households: In Family Households: Householder Male Female Spouse Parent Other Relatives Nonrelatives In Non-Family Households: Male householder Living Alone Not Living Alone Female Householder Living Alone Not Living Alone Nonrelatives In Group Quarters: Institutionalized population Noninstitutionalized population Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 Page 6 Of 9 460 412 220 108 99 9 85 14 4 9 192 60 17 43 117 117 0 15 47.83% 23.48% 21.52% 1.96% 18.48% 3.04% 0.87% 1.96% 41.74% 13.04% 3.70% 9.35% 25.43% 25.43% 0.00% 3.26% 48 48 0 10.43% 0.00% Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. Senior Life 2011 Place (see appendix for geographies), Total 2000 Mobility and Disability Civilian Noninstitutionalized Persons Age 16 and over Totals Total Disability Sensory Disability Physical Disability Mental Disability Self-Care Disability Go-Outside-Home Disability 1,121 157 395 193 81 295 2000 Mobility and Disability Civilian Noninstitutionalized Persons Age 16 and over Totals Disability by Sex by Age Male With a Disability No Disability Female With a Disability No Disability 2,595 1,243 359 884 1,352 417 935 2000 Occupied Housing Units Totals Total Units With Telephone No Telephone 1,408 1,373 35 2000 Census Poverty Status in 1999 Families By Household Type by Age of Householder Totals Population with Known Poverty Status Married-Couple Families In other Families Male householder, no wife present Female householder, no husband present Unrelated individuals Income At or Above Poverty Level Married-Couple Families In other Families Male householder, no wife present Female householder, no husband present Unrelated individuals Income Below Poverty Level Married-Couple Families In other Families Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 3,388 2,161 650 123 527 577 3,071 2,082 522 61 461 467 317 79 128 Page 7 Of 9 % 14.01% 35.24% 17.22% 7.23% 26.32% % 47.90% 13.83% 34.07% 52.10% 16.07% 36.03% % 97.51% 2.49% % 63.78% 19.19% 3.63% 15.55% 17.03% 90.64% 61.45% 15.41% 1.80% 13.61% 13.78% 9.36% 2.33% 3.78% 65 Yrs And Over 528 89 186 74 47 132 % 16.86% 35.23% 14.02% 8.90% 25.00% 65 - 74 Yrs 243 111 52 59 132 83 49 % 45.68% 21.40% 24.28% 54.32% 34.16% 20.16% 65 - 74 Yrs % 149 149 100.00% 0 0.00% 65 - 74 Yrs 243 135 6 0 6 102 233 135 6 0 6 92 10 0 0 % 55.56% 2.47% 0.00% 2.47% 41.98% 95.88% 55.56% 2.47% 0.00% 2.47% 37.86% 4.12% 0.00% 0.00% Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. 75 Yrs And Over 169 61 37 24 108 87 21 75 Yrs And Over 118 113 5 75 Yrs And Over 169 62 17 9 8 90 127 62 8 0 8 57 42 0 9 % 36.09% 21.89% 14.20% 63.91% 51.48% 12.43% % 95.76% 4.24% % 36.69% 10.06% 5.33% 4.73% 53.25% 75.15% 36.69% 4.73% 0.00% 4.73% 33.73% 24.85% 0.00% 5.33% Senior Life 2011 Place (see appendix for geographies), Total 2000 Census Poverty Status in 1999 Families By Household Type by Age of Householder Totals Male householder, no wife present Female householder, no husband present Unrelated individuals 62 66 110 % 1.83% 1.95% 3.25% 65 - 74 Yrs 0 0 10 % 0.00% 0.00% 4.12% 75 Yrs And Over 9 0 33 % 5.33% 0.00% 19.53% Some median values are assigned pre-determined amounts rather than calculated amounts. Med HH Inc by Age values more than $200,000 are displayed as $200,001. Med HH Inc values less than $15,000 are displayed as $14,999. Med HH Inc values more than $500,000 are displayed as $500,001. Med Housing Values more than $1,000,000 are displayed as $1,000,001. Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 Page 8 Of 9 Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. Senior Life 2011 Appendix: Area Listing Area Name: Type: List - Place Reporting Detail: Aggregate Geography Code Geography Name 4702180 Ashland City town Reporting Level: Place Geography Code Geography Name Project Information: Site: 4 Order Number: 970290023 Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 Page 9 Of 9 Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. Senior Life 2011 County (see appendix for geographies), Total Totals Population 2016 Projection 2011 Estimate 2000 Census 1990 Census 42,216 40,455 35,912 27,140 Growth 1990 - 2000 32.32% 2000 Census Population by Age % 2011 Estimate % 2016 Projection % Total Population Age 45 - 54 Age 55 - 64 Age 65 - 74 Age 75 - 84 Age 85 and over 35,912 5,175 3,071 1,840 892 353 14.41% 8.55% 5.12% 2.48% 0.98% 40,455 6,884 5,089 2,768 1,381 502 17.02% 12.58% 6.84% 3.41% 1.24% 42,216 6,728 5,984 3,659 1,626 612 15.94% 14.17% 8.67% 3.85% 1.45% Age 65 and over 3,085 8.59% 4,651 11.50% 5,897 13.97% 17,981 2,642 1,559 878 361 88 14.69% 8.67% 4.88% 2.01% 0.49% 20,114 3,398 2,552 1,359 594 175 16.89% 12.69% 6.76% 2.95% 0.87% 20,923 3,254 2,930 1,800 708 216 15.55% 14.00% 8.60% 3.38% 1.03% Age 65 and over 1,327 7.38% 2,128 10.58% 2,724 13.02% Total Population, Female Age 45 - 54 Age 55 - 64 Age 65 - 74 Age 75 - 84 Age 85 and over 17,931 2,533 1,512 962 531 265 14.13% 8.43% 5.37% 2.96% 1.48% 20,341 3,486 2,537 1,409 787 327 17.14% 12.47% 6.93% 3.87% 1.61% 21,293 3,474 3,054 1,859 918 396 16.32% 14.34% 8.73% 4.31% 1.86% Age 65 and over 1,758 9.80% 2,523 12.40% 3,173 14.90% Total Population, Male Age 45 - 54 Age 55 - 64 Age 65 - 74 Age 75 - 84 Age 85 and over Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 Page 1 Of 9 Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. Senior Life 2011 County (see appendix for geographies), Total 2000 Census Population by Single Race Classification White Alone Age 65 and over Black or African American Alone Age 65 and over American Indian and Alaska Native Alone Age 65 and over Asian Alone Age 65 and over Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander Alone Age 65 and over Some Other Race Alone Age 65 and over Two or More Races Age 65 and over 34,783 2,980 532 83 135 4 63 4 17 0 130 0 252 14 2000 Census Population by Hispanic or Latino Hispanic or Latino Age 65 and over Not Hispanic or Latino 437 15 35,475 2000 Census Household Income by Age of Householder Householder Age 45 - 54 Income less than $15,000 Income $15,000 - $24,999 Income $25,000 - $34,999 Income $35,000 - $49,999 Income $50,000 - $74,999 Income $75,000 - $99,999 Income $100,000 - $124,999 Income $125,000 - $149,999 Income $150,000 - $199,999 Income $200,000 or more Median Household Income Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 2,797 211 194 288 571 811 361 189 72 65 35 $54,146 Page 2 Of 9 % 8.57% 15.60% 2.96% 6.35% 0.00% 0.00% 5.56% % 3.43% % 7.54% 6.94% 10.30% 20.41% 29.00% 12.91% 6.76% 2.57% 2.32% 1.25% 2011 Estimate 38,288 4,401 1,117 219 161 6 178 8 22 0 269 0 420 17 % 11.49% 19.61% 3.73% 4.49% 0.00% 0.00% 4.05% 2011 Estimate % 963 39 39,492 4.05% 2011 Estimate 3,640 222 185 296 547 1,037 651 332 174 109 87 $63,742 % 6.10% 5.08% 8.13% 15.03% 28.49% 17.88% 9.12% 4.78% 2.99% 2.39% Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. 2016 Projection 39,542 5,520 1,405 321 174 11 234 16 23 0 337 0 501 29 2016 Projection 1,224 60 40,992 2016 Projection 3,509 194 166 262 507 989 648 348 183 117 95 $65,811 % 13.96% 22.85% 6.32% 6.84% 0.00% 0.00% 5.79% % 4.90% % 5.53% 4.73% 7.47% 14.45% 28.18% 18.47% 9.92% 5.22% 3.33% 2.71% Senior Life 2011 County (see appendix for geographies), Total 2000 Census Household Income by Age of Householder Householder Age 55 - 64 Income less than $15,000 Income $15,000 - $24,999 Income $25,000 - $34,999 Income $35,000 - $49,999 Income $50,000 - $74,999 Income $75,000 - $99,999 Income $100,000 - $124,999 Income $125,000 - $149,999 Income $150,000 - $199,999 Income $200,000 or more Median Household Income 1,802 180 196 253 360 474 181 73 40 30 15 $46,333 Householder Age 65 - 74 Income less than $15,000 Income $15,000 - $24,999 Income $25,000 - $34,999 Income $35,000 - $49,999 Income $50,000 - $74,999 Income $75,000 - $99,999 Income $100,000 - $124,999 Income $125,000 - $149,999 Income $150,000 - $199,999 Income $200,000 or more Median Household Income Householder Age 75 - 84 Income less than $15,000 Income $15,000 - $24,999 Income $25,000 - $34,999 Income $35,000 - $49,999 Income $50,000 - $74,999 Income $75,000 - $99,999 Income $100,000 - $124,999 Income $125,000 - $149,999 Income $150,000 - $199,999 Income $200,000 or more Median Household Income Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 Page 3 Of 9 % 2011 Estimate 9.99% 10.88% 14.04% 19.98% 26.30% 10.04% 4.05% 2.22% 1.66% 0.83% 2,875 233 207 337 551 773 381 193 83 71 46 $53,541 1,140 304 125 184 267 213 15 19 2 0 11 $32,663 26.67% 10.96% 16.14% 23.42% 18.68% 1.32% 1.67% 0.18% 0.00% 0.96% 603 167 184 103 82 42 14 7 0 0 4 $22,310 27.69% 30.51% 17.08% 13.60% 6.97% 2.32% 1.16% 0.00% 0.00% 0.66% % 2016 Projection % 8.10% 7.20% 11.72% 19.17% 26.89% 13.25% 6.71% 2.89% 2.47% 1.60% 3,330 245 218 372 611 901 475 247 109 92 60 $56,077 7.36% 6.55% 11.17% 18.35% 27.06% 14.26% 7.42% 3.27% 2.76% 1.80% 1,622 320 205 200 372 364 101 20 19 4 17 $38,468 19.73% 12.64% 12.33% 22.93% 22.44% 6.23% 1.23% 1.17% 0.25% 1.05% 2,111 382 255 251 481 495 154 34 27 8 24 $40,223 18.10% 12.08% 11.89% 22.79% 23.45% 7.30% 1.61% 1.28% 0.38% 1.14% 854 191 216 165 147 85 24 14 7 1 4 $26,212 22.37% 25.29% 19.32% 17.21% 9.95% 2.81% 1.64% 0.82% 0.12% 0.47% 996 214 234 196 172 111 33 18 10 2 6 $27,551 21.49% 23.49% 19.68% 17.27% 11.14% 3.31% 1.81% 1.00% 0.20% 0.60% Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. Senior Life 2011 County (see appendix for geographies), Total 2000 Census Household Income by Age of Householder Householder Age 85 and over Income less than $15,000 Income $15,000 - $24,999 Income $25,000 - $34,999 Income $35,000 - $49,999 Income $50,000 - $74,999 Income $75,000 - $99,999 Income $100,000 - $124,999 Income $125,000 - $149,999 Income $150,000 - $199,999 Income $200,000 or more Median Household Income % 167 60 53 23 18 9 3 1 0 0 0 $19,434 2000 Census Households by Household Income Total Household Income Income Less than $15,000 Income $15,000 - $24,999 Income $25,000 - $34,999 Income $35,000 - $49,999 Income $50,000 - $74,999 Income $75,000 - $99,999 Income $100,000 - $124,999 Income $100,000 - $149,999 Income $125,000 - $149,999 Income $150,000 - $199,999 Income $150,000 - $249,999 Income $200,000 - $499,999 Income $250,000 - $499,999 Income $500,000 or more 35.93% 31.74% 13.77% 10.78% 5.39% 1.80% 0.60% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% % 12,869 1,428 1,290 1,888 2,533 3,448 1,295 11.10% 10.02% 14.67% 19.68% 26.79% 10.06% 716 5.56% 221 1.72% 42 8 0.33% 0.06% 2011 Estimate 246 76 64 43 30 22 6 3 2 0 0 $22,344 % 30.89% 26.02% 17.48% 12.20% 8.94% 2.44% 1.22% 0.81% 0.00% 0.00% 2011 Estimate % 2016 Projection 307 88 78 55 42 28 7 5 4 0 0 $23,397 2016 Projection 15,420 1,444 1,259 1,717 2,746 4,096 2,088 1,039 9.36% 8.16% 11.13% 17.81% 26.56% 13.54% 6.74% 413 274 2.80% 1.86% 470 311 3.05% 2.02% 195 1.32% 221 1.43% 26 0.18% 29 0.19% $60,905 $62,187 Median Household Income $45,828 $52,422 $53,320 Per Capita Income $18,882 $22,295 $22,830 4 Of 9 % 9.54% 8.34% 11.51% 18.00% 26.87% 13.16% 6.40% $52,339 Page 28.66% 25.41% 17.92% 13.68% 9.12% 2.28% 1.63% 1.30% 0.00% 0.00% 14,729 1,405 1,229 1,696 2,651 3,958 1,939 943 Average Household Income Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 % Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. Senior Life 2011 County (see appendix for geographies), Total 2000 Census All Owner-Occupied Housing Unit Values Total All Owner-Occupied Housing Unit Values Value Less than $20,000 Value $20,000 - $39,999 Value $40,000 - $59,999 Value $60,000 - $79,999 Value $80,000 - $99,999 Value $100,000 - $149,999 Value $150,000 - $199,999 Value $200,000 - $299,999 Value $300,000 - $399,999 Value $400,000 - $499,999 Value $500,000 - $749,999 Value $750,000 - $999,999 Value $1,000,000 or more 10,773 227 511 611 1,405 2,287 3,080 1,581 800 129 43 60 19 13 Median All Owner-Occupied Housing Unit Value % 2.11% 4.74% 5.67% 13.04% 21.23% 28.59% 14.68% 7.43% 1.20% 0.40% 0.56% 0.18% 0.12% $105,552 2000 Census Group Quarters by Population Type* Group Quarters Population Correctional Institutions Nursing Homes Other Institutions College Dormitories Military Quarters Other Noninstitutional Quarters 401 104 241 28 0 0 28 Owner Occupied Renter Occupied % 25.94% 60.10% 6.98% 0.00% 0.00% 6.98% 10,773 2,105 Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 Page 5 Of 9 11,774 177 204 441 394 850 3,573 2,366 2,651 705 181 144 51 37 % 1.50% 1.73% 3.75% 3.35% 7.22% 30.35% 20.10% 22.52% 5.99% 1.54% 1.22% 0.43% 0.31% $155,241 2000 Census Tenure of Occupied Housing Units 2011 Estimate 12,318 167 176 377 379 609 3,111 2,768 3,083 968 358 199 75 48 % 1.36% 1.43% 3.06% 3.08% 4.94% 25.26% 22.47% 25.03% 7.86% 2.91% 1.62% 0.61% 0.39% $174,205 2011 Estimate 406 118 236 25 0 0 27 2016 Projection % 29.06% 58.13% 6.16% 0.00% 0.00% 6.65% 2011 Estimate 11,774 2,955 Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. 2016 Projection 408 119 237 25 0 0 27 2016 Projection 12,318 3,102 % 29.17% 58.09% 6.13% 0.00% 0.00% 6.62% Senior Life 2011 County (see appendix for geographies), Total Totals 2000 Tenure By Age of Householder Total Households Owner Occupied Householder 55 to 59 Years Householder 60 to 64 Years Householder 65 to 74 Years Householder 75 to 84 Years Householder 85 and over 12,878 10,766 920 726 967 633 178 8.55% 6.74% 8.98% 5.88% 1.65% Renter Occupied Householder 55 to 59 Years Householder 60 to 64 Years Householder 65 to 74 Years Householder 75 to 84 Years Householder 85 and over 2,112 98 52 100 58 22 4.64% 2.46% 4.73% 2.75% 1.04% 2000 Pop 65 and over by HH Type and Relationship Totals Total for Pop 65 and over In Households: In Family Households: Householder Male Female Spouse Parent Other Relatives Nonrelatives In Non-Family Households: Male householder Living Alone Not Living Alone Female Householder Living Alone Not Living Alone Nonrelatives In Group Quarters: Institutionalized population Noninstitutionalized population Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 Page 6 Of 9 3,059 2,848 2,100 1,179 915 264 640 127 134 20 748 206 155 51 525 525 0 17 68.65% 38.54% 29.91% 8.63% 20.92% 4.15% 4.38% 0.65% 24.45% 6.73% 5.07% 1.67% 17.16% 17.16% 0.00% 0.56% 211 198 13 6.47% 0.42% Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. Senior Life 2011 County (see appendix for geographies), Total 2000 Mobility and Disability Civilian Noninstitutionalized Persons Age 16 and over Totals Total Disability Sensory Disability Physical Disability Mental Disability Self-Care Disability Go-Outside-Home Disability 8,601 1,114 2,692 1,672 751 2,372 2000 Mobility and Disability Civilian Noninstitutionalized Persons Age 16 and over Totals Disability by Sex by Age Male With a Disability No Disability Female With a Disability No Disability 26,583 13,046 3,442 9,604 13,537 3,095 10,442 2000 Occupied Housing Units Totals Total Units With Telephone No Telephone 12,878 12,605 273 2000 Census Poverty Status in 1999 Families By Household Type by Age of Householder Totals Population with Known Poverty Status Married-Couple Families In other Families Male householder, no wife present Female householder, no husband present Unrelated individuals Income At or Above Poverty Level Married-Couple Families In other Families Male householder, no wife present Female householder, no husband present Unrelated individuals Income Below Poverty Level Married-Couple Families In other Families Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 35,399 26,853 5,358 1,833 3,525 3,188 32,764 25,589 4,628 1,591 3,037 2,547 2,635 1,264 730 Page 7 Of 9 % 12.95% 31.30% 19.44% 8.73% 27.58% % 49.08% 12.95% 36.13% 50.92% 11.64% 39.28% % 97.88% 2.12% % 75.86% 15.14% 5.18% 9.96% 9.01% 92.56% 72.29% 13.07% 4.49% 8.58% 7.20% 7.44% 3.57% 2.06% 65 Yrs And Over 2,998 476 1,005 536 330 651 % 15.88% 33.52% 17.88% 11.01% 21.71% 65 - 74 Yrs 1,772 875 362 513 897 364 533 % 49.38% 20.43% 28.95% 50.62% 20.54% 30.08% 65 - 74 Yrs 1,067 1,060 7 % 99.34% 0.66% 65 - 74 Yrs 1,772 1,239 173 33 140 360 1,626 1,179 171 33 138 276 146 60 2 % 69.92% 9.76% 1.86% 7.90% 20.32% 91.76% 66.53% 9.65% 1.86% 7.79% 15.58% 8.24% 3.39% 0.11% Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. 75 Yrs And Over 1,089 393 297 96 696 454 242 75 Yrs And Over 891 886 5 75 Yrs And Over 1,089 450 238 35 203 401 965 440 211 24 187 314 124 10 27 % 36.09% 27.27% 8.82% 63.91% 41.69% 22.22% % 99.44% 0.56% % 41.32% 21.85% 3.21% 18.64% 36.82% 88.61% 40.40% 19.38% 2.20% 17.17% 28.83% 11.39% 0.92% 2.48% Senior Life 2011 County (see appendix for geographies), Total 2000 Census Poverty Status in 1999 Families By Household Type by Age of Householder Totals Male householder, no wife present Female householder, no husband present Unrelated individuals 242 488 641 % 0.68% 1.38% 1.81% 65 - 74 Yrs 0 2 84 % 0.00% 0.11% 4.74% 75 Yrs And Over 11 16 87 % 1.01% 1.47% 7.99% Some median values are assigned pre-determined amounts rather than calculated amounts. Med HH Inc by Age values more than $200,000 are displayed as $200,001. Med HH Inc values less than $15,000 are displayed as $14,999. Med HH Inc values more than $500,000 are displayed as $500,001. Med Housing Values more than $1,000,000 are displayed as $1,000,001. Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 Page 8 Of 9 Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. Senior Life 2011 Appendix: Area Listing Area Name: Type: List - County Reporting Detail: Aggregate Geography Code Geography Name 47021 Cheatham County, TN Reporting Level: County Geography Code Geography Name Project Information: Site: 3 Order Number: 970290023 Prepared On: Tues Aug 30, 2011 Page 9 Of 9 Prepared By: Project Code: 210212 / 210217 Nielsen Solution Center 1 800 866 6511 Prepared For: © 2011 The Nielsen Company. All rights reserved. Exhibit B LAND SALES MAP 0 mi 2 4 6 Copyright © 1988-2005 Microsoft Corp. and/or its suppliers. All rights reserved. http://www.microsoft.com/streets/ © 2004 NAVTEQ. All rights reserved. This data includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada. © Copyright 2004 by TeleAtlas North America, Inc. All rights reserved. 8 10 COMPARABLE LAND SALE 1 General Data Location City State Assessor's Parcel 5110 Ashland City Highway Nashville TN 067-00-0-145.00 Site Data Size (SF) Size (Acres) Zoning Topography Shape Corner/Interior 127,631 2.93 CL Moderately Sloping Irregular Interior Transaction Data Seller Buyer Interest Recording Date Terms Price Price Per SF Price Per Acre Kantz William E. Jr. Phillip E. Chamblee Fee simple 20110503-0033764 April 28, 2011 All cash sale $245,500 $1.92 $83,788 Additional Information Although located in Davidson County, this located on the same roadway as the subject's parcel and is positioned in a similar neighborhood. As such, this parcel has similar visibility and accessible characteristics to the subject. In addition, land uses in this area predominantly consist of commercial land uses and vacant land, which is similar to the subject's area. COMPARABLE LAND SALE 2 General Data Location City State Assessor's Parcel 7960 Coley Davis Road Nashville TN 141-00-0-088.00 Site Data Size (SF) Size (Acres) Zoning Topography Shape Corner/Interior 251,777 5.78 SP Level Irregular Interior Transaction Data Seller Buyer Interest Recording Date Terms Price Price Per SF Price Per Acre Psalms 65 Unit 2 LLC Coley Davis Partners LLC Fee simple 2009000312221 July 7, 2009 All cash sale $1,000,000 $3.97 $173,010 Additional Information This sale is located in the southwestern section of Davidson County on a moderately traveled area roadway. However, the site is located approximately 150 fee south of U.S. Interstate 40. The parcel is also visible from the interstate. The parcel's immediate neighborhood is more residential than the subject's area. The site has a "Specific Plan" zoning designation and was approved for the construction of 98 residential townhomes to be known as Harpes Spring Village. However, the development of the community was been delayed given the current housing market. COMPARABLE LAND SALE 3 General Data Location City State Assessor's Parcel 2810 Tucker Road Nashville TN 070-02-0-001.00 Site Data Size (SF) Size (Acres) Zoning Topography Shape Corner/Interior 104,980 2.41 R10 Level Irregular Interior Transaction Data Seller Buyer Interest Recording Date Terms Price Price Per SF Price Per Acre Mayberry Frances E. & Lessly Centerstone of TN Inc. Fee simple 20081030-0108408 October 30, 2008 All cash sale $125,000 $1.19 $51,867 Additional Information This parcel is located in a northwestern neighborhood of Nashville and is adjacent to a local athletic recreation field. It is located on a lightly traveled local roadway and the immediately surrounding uses are either vacant land or residentially supportive commercial uses. However, the area is part of a larger residential area. Land uses in the parcel's immediate area appear to be in fair condition. LAND SALES PHOTOGRAPHS Improved Sale 1 – 5110 Ashland City Highway Improved Sale 2 – 7960 Coley Davis Road Improved Sale 3 – 2810 Tucker Road Exhibit C IMPROVED SALES MAP 0 mi 200 400 600 Copyright © 1988-2005 Microsoft Corp. and/or its suppliers. All rights reserved. http://www.microsoft.com/streets/ © 2004 NAVTEQ. All rights reserved. This data includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada. © Copyright 2004 by TeleAtlas North America, Inc. All rights reserved. 800 COMPARABLE IMPROVED SALE 1 General Data Facility Location City State Year Built Units Building Size SF Land SF The Terrace at Mountain Creek 1005 Mountain Creek Chattanooga TN 1985 116 109,463 538,402 Sales Data Grantor Grantee Recording Date Price Terms Crete AL Properties, LLC Tabitha Inc. N/A August 31, 2010 $8,500,000 N/A Payor Mix and Occupancy Payor/PrivatePay Payor Medicaid Payor Medicare Total Overall Occupancy N/A N/A N/A N/A 97.0% Operating Data Net Revenue PUM Net Revenue EGI Expenses Net Operating Income Operating Margin NOI per SF NOI per Unit $2,597 $3,507,067 $2,698,649 $808,418 23.1% $7.39 $6,969 Value Indicators Capitalization Rate EGIM Price per SF Price per Unit 9.5% 2.42 $77.65 $73,276 Demographics (Five Mile Radius) Increasing Total Population $37,260 Median HH Income Median Housing Value $126,500 Additional Information The facility consists of 42 independent living units, 59 assisted living units and 15 memory care units. The building was originally constructed in 1985 and underwent renovations in 2004. It is in good condition and located in a good market area. The seller is a national owner/operator of senior housing that is selling the asset to free capital for other corporate purposes. The buyer is a Florida-based real estate investment company who will keep the existing management in place. Jeff Binder and Brad Clousing of Senior Living Brokerage, Inc facilitated the transaction. COMPARABLE IMPROVED SALE 2 General Data Facility Location City State Year Built Units Building Size SF Land SF Spring Arbor of Hickory 2010 29th Avenue Dr. NE Hickory NC 1995 43 26,860 174,240 Sales Data Grantor Grantee Recording Date Price Terms N/A Smith Packett N/A April 30, 2009 $4,750,000 All cash to seller Payor Mix and Occupancy Payor/PrivatePay Payor Medicaid Payor Medicare Total Overall Occupancy 62.0% 38.0% 0.0% 100.0% 91.6% Operating Data Net Revenue PRM Net Revenue EGI Expenses Net Operating Income Operating Margin NOI per SF NOI per Bed $4,556 $2,153,212 $1,758,792 $394,420 18.3% $14.68 $9,173 Value Indicators Capitalization Rate EGIM Price per SF Price per Bed 8.3% 2.21 $176.84 $110,465 Demographics (Five Mile Radius) Total Population Increasing Median HH Income $42,014 Median Housing Value $145,114 Additional Information There is a 13-unit dementia care unit that is part of the 43 units. The facility is licensed for 66 beds. The census was 62% private pay and 38% Medicaid. This sale was verified with Mike Pardoll of Marcus & Millichap. COMPARABLE IMPROVED SALE 3 General Data Facility Location City State Year Built Units Building Size SF Land SF Two MA ALFs 10 Devon Dr., 4 Forge Hill Rd. Acton and Franklin MA 1999/2000 176 144,122 239,580 Sales Data Grantor Grantee Recording Date Price Terms Westport Capital Advisors AEW Capital Management, L.P. N/A April 30, 2010 $43,000,000 Fannie or Freddie Payor Mix and Occupancy Payor/PrivatePay Payor Medicaid Payor Medicare Total Overall Occupancy 100.0% N/A N/A 100.0% 97.0% Operating Data Net Revenue PRM Net Revenue EGI Expenses Net Operating Income Operating Margin NOI per SF NOI per Bed $4,803 $9,840,000 $6,396,000 $3,444,000 35.0% $23.90 $19,568 Value Indicators Capitalization Rate EGIM Price per SF Price per Bed 8.0% 4.37 $298.36 $244,318 Demographics (Five Mile Radius) Total Population Increasing Median HH Income $117,452 Median Housing Value $477,755 Additional Information This sale consists of two facilities, one in Acton and one in Franklin, Massachusetts. The Acton facility, The Inn at Robbins Brook, is a 90-unit (25 of which are in a secured Alzheimer's section), three-story assisted living facility. The Franklin facility, Forge Hill Senior Living, is a 103-unit facility made up of 20 independent living units, 19 Alzheimer's units and 64 assisted living units. Both facilities are located in suburban communities west of Boston. Christopher Hyldahl of Marcus & Millichap confirmed the sale (310-606-0888). These two properties were purchased by the seller as part of a four-facility portfolio three years ago for an allocated purchase price of $34.5 million, or $178,700 per unit. Reportedly, these facilities were not fully stabilized at the time of sale three years ago. The operating data is based on a forecast of 3% growth at a stable 35% operating margin. One of the facilities has a restriction to keep 20 units under market rents, which was tied to the old financing. COMPARABLE IMPROVED SALE 4 General Data Facility Location City State Year Built Units Building Size SF Land SF The Manor at Autumn Hills 2567 Niles Vienna Rd. Niles OH 1998 51 40,483 355,014 Sales Data Grantor Grantee Recording Date Price Terms Carl Gilette, et al. CRG Investment Properties, LLC N/A May 27, 2008 $6,200,000 All cash to seller Payor Mix and Occupancy Payor/PrivatePay Payor Medicaid Payor Medicare Total Overall Occupancy 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% N/A Operating Data Net Revenue PRM Net Revenue EGI Expenses Net Operating Income Operating Margin NOI per SF NOI per Bed N/A $1,722,222 $1,138,257 $583,965 33.9% $14.42 $11,450 Value Indicators Capitalization Rate EGIM Price per SF Price per Bed 9.4% 3.60 $153.15 $121,569 Demographics (Five Mile Radius) Total Population Decreasing Median HH Income $24,944 Median Housing Value $97,921 Additional Information The facility operates 51 assisted living units (13 studio units, 36 one-bedroom units and two two-bedroom units). The quality of construction and the condition of the improvements are good. The buyer was a local owner/operator of senior housing and healthcare properties. Sales data was verified through a copy of the purchase agreement and public records. COMPARABLE IMPROVED SALE 5 General Data Facility Location City State Year Built Units Building Size SF Land SF Carriage Court of Hilliard 3570 Heritage Club Dr. Hilliard OH 1998 102 69,184 196,456 Sales Data Grantor Grantee Recording Date Price Terms Carriage Court Hilliard Hilliard ALF, LLC N/A December 22, 2010 $17,500,000 Assumption of existing HUD loan Payor Mix and Occupancy Payor/PrivatePay Payor Medicaid Payor Medicare Total Overall Occupancy 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 95.0% Operating Data Net Revenue PRM Net Revenue EGI Expenses Net Operating Income Operating Margin NOI per SF NOI per Bed $3,964 $4,609,739 $2,985,863 $1,623,876 35.2% $23.47 $15,920 Value Indicators Capitalization Rate EGIM Price per SF Price per Bed 9.3% 3.80 $252.95 $171,569 Demographics (Five Mile Radius) Total Population Stable Median HH Income $35,848 Median Housing Value $84,201 Additional Information This is a good quality facility in good condition located in Hilliard, a suburb of Columbus. The subject features 64 assisted living and 38 memory care units. The 64 assisted living units are comprised of 60 studios and four one-bedroom units. The 38 memory care units are comprised of 12 semiprivate units and 26 studios. Overall occupancy is typically over 90% for both assisted living and memory care. The income and expense data includes a 5% management fee and replacements for reserves at $400 per unit. The financial information is based on the trailing 12 months ending May 2010. The sales data was verified with a representative of the buyer, Cornerstone Real Estate Fund. COMPARABLE IMPROVED SALE 6 General Data Facility Location City State Year Built Units Building Size SF Land SF Residence of Chardon 501 Chardon Windsor Rd. Chardon OH 2000 42 28,432 246,985 Sales Data Grantor Grantee Recording Date Price Terms DB Midwest IV LLC Woodlands of Chardon, LLC 1902-1344 May 25, 2011 $4,375,000 Terms Not Disclosed Payor Mix and Occupancy Payor/PrivatePay Payor Medicaid Payor Medicare Total Overall Occupancy 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 100.0% Operating Data Net Revenue PRM Net Revenue EGI Expenses Net Operating Income Operating Margin NOI per SF NOI per Bed $3,326 $1,676,245 $1,299,337 $376,908 22.5% $13.26 $8,974 Value Indicators Capitalization Rate EGIM Price per SF Price per Bed 8.6% 2.61 $153.88 $104,167 Demographics (Five Mile Radius) Total Population Stable Median HH Income $58,816 Median Housing Value $179,569 Additional Information Chardon, Ohio, is located approximately 40 miles northeast of Cleveland. All of the 42 units are private studio rooms, with rents ranging from $3,600 to $4,200. The parcel contains extra land; the buyer is planning on breaking ground for 35 additional units in the spring of 2012. The financials include a management fee, but not reserves. The sales data was verified with Jeremy Stroiman of Evans Senior Investments, who handled the transaction. IMPROVED SALES PHOTOGRAPHS Improved Sale 1 – The Terrace at Mountain Creek Improved Sale 2 – Spring Arbor of Hickory Improved Sale 3 – Forge Hill Senior Living (Representative) Improved Sale 4 – The Manor at Autumn Hills Improved Sale 5 – Carriage Court of Hilliard Improved Sale 6 – Residence of Chardon Exhibit D Forecasted Statement of Operations Vantage Point Village at Ashland City 1 Year Stabilized - Internal Not for Publication Month Jan, 13 Feb, 13 Mar, 13 Apr, 13 May, 13 Jun, 13 Days 31 79 80 99% 28 79 80 99% 31 80 80 100% 30 78 80 98% 31 78 80 98% 30 79 80 99% Number of Units Occupied Maximum Capacity Percent Occupancy Room Revenue Other Revenue Deposits TOTAL REVENUE Jul, 13 31 80 80 100% Aug, 13 Sep, 13 Oct, 13 Nov, 13 Dec, 13 31 78 80 98% 30 79 80 99% 31 78 80 98% 30 79 80 99% 31 80 80 100% TOTAL 322,183 3,625 4,500 330,308 291,004 3,274 4,500 298,778 325,748 3,670 3,000 332,418 309,150 3,463 3,000 315,613 316,758 3,579 4,500 324,837 310,740 3,508 3,000 317,248 325,748 3,670 4,500 333,918 319,145 3,579 4,500 327,224 311,790 3,508 3,000 318,298 316,758 3,579 3,000 323,337 311,250 3,508 4,500 319,258 325,748 3,670 3,000 332,418 3,786,022 42,631 45,000 3,873,653 Nursing Activities Dietary Maintenance Business / Reception Marketing Administrator Total Salaries & Benefits: General and Administrative Expenses 53,322 7,635 23,995 11,452 7,635 3,309 5,255 112,603 60,715 49,388 6,896 21,673 10,344 6,896 2,988 4,746 102,932 54,839 53,322 7,635 23,995 11,452 7,635 3,309 5,255 112,603 60,984 52,011 7,389 23,221 11,083 7,389 3,202 5,085 109,380 58,496 55,697 7,635 23,995 11,452 7,635 3,309 5,255 114,978 60,446 55,177 7,389 23,221 11,083 7,389 3,202 5,085 112,546 58,757 53,322 7,635 23,995 11,452 7,635 3,309 5,255 112,603 60,984 53,322 7,635 23,995 11,452 7,635 3,309 5,255 112,603 60,446 52,011 7,389 23,221 11,083 7,389 3,202 5,085 109,380 58,757 52,689 7,635 23,995 11,452 7,635 3,309 5,255 111,970 60,446 52,011 7,389 23,221 11,083 7,389 3,202 5,085 109,380 58,757 53,322 7,635 23,995 11,452 7,635 3,309 5,255 112,603 60,984 635,595 89,895 282,528 134,843 89,895 38,956 61,871 1,333,582 714,611 TOTAL SALARIES & EXPENSES 173,318 157,771 173,587 167,876 175,425 171,303 173,587 173,050 168,136 172,416 168,136 173,587 2,048,193 NET OPERATING INCOME 156,989 141,006 158,831 147,737 149,412 145,945 160,331 154,174 150,162 150,920 151,122 158,831 1,825,461 Salaries & Benefits: Revenue Analysis - 1st Year Month Assisted Living C Level 1 Assisted Living C Level 2 Assisted Living C Level 3 Assisted Living B(1) Level 1 Assisted Living B(1) Level 2 Assisted Living B(1) Level 3 Assisted Living B Level 1 Assisted Living B Level 2 Assisted Living B Level 3 Assisted Living A Level 1 Assisted Living A Level 2 Assisted Living A Level 3 Specialty Care A Level 1 Specialty Care A Level 2 Specialty Care B Level 1 Max Cap 2 2 2 10 8 2 9 6 3 9 5 2 8 2 8 Jan, 13 31 2 2 2 10 8 2 9 5 3 9 5 2 8 2 8 Feb, 13 28 2 2 2 9 8 2 9 6 3 9 5 2 8 2 8 Mar, 13 31 2 2 2 10 8 2 9 6 3 9 5 2 8 2 8 Apr, 13 30 2 2 2 10 8 2 8 6 3 8 5 2 8 2 8 May, 13 31 2 2 2 10 7 2 9 6 3 9 5 2 7 2 8 Jun, 13 30 2 2 1 10 8 2 9 6 3 9 5 2 8 2 8 Jul, 13 31 2 2 2 10 8 2 9 6 3 9 5 2 8 2 8 Aug, 13 31 2 2 2 9 8 2 9 6 3 8 5 2 8 2 8 Sep, 13 30 2 2 2 9 8 2 9 6 3 9 5 2 8 2 8 Oct, 13 31 2 2 2 10 8 2 9 5 3 9 5 2 8 2 7 Nov, 13 30 2 1 2 10 8 2 9 6 3 9 5 2 8 2 8 Dec, 13 31 2 2 2 10 8 2 9 6 3 9 5 2 8 2 8 Specialty Care B Level 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2nd Occupants 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 TOTAL Avg Daily Census 86 79 79 80 78 78 79 80 78 79 78 79 80 Month Assisted Living C Level 1 Assisted Living C Level 2 Assisted Living C Level 3 Assisted Living B(1) Level 1 Assisted Living B(1) Level 2 Assisted Living B(1) Level 3 Assisted Living B Level 1 Assisted Living B Level 2 Assisted Living B Level 3 Assisted Living A Level 1 Assisted Living A Level 2 Assisted Living A Level 3 Specialty Care A Level 1 Specialty Care A Level 2 Specialty Care B Level 1 Specialty Care B Level 2 2nd Occupants TOTAL Monthly Room Revenue Overhead Expense-Lee AL Other Revenue per Day per Resident Debt Service Deposits Maximun Capacity Jan, 13 Feb, 13 Mar, 13 Apr, 13 May, 13 Jun, 13 Jul, 13 Aug, 13 Sep, 13 Oct, 13 Nov, 13 Dec, 13 Max Cap Room Rate 123 133 150 115 125 135 105 115 125 98 108 118 165 175 175 185 31 28 31 30 31 30 31 31 30 31 30 31 7,626 8,246 9,300 35,650 31,000 8,370 29,295 17,825 11,625 27,342 16,740 7,316 40,920 10,850 43,400 11,470 6,888 7,448 8,400 28,980 28,000 7,560 26,460 19,320 10,500 24,696 15,120 6,608 36,960 9,800 39,200 10,360 7,626 8,246 9,300 35,650 31,000 8,370 29,295 21,390 11,625 27,342 16,740 7,316 40,920 10,850 43,400 11,470 7,380 7,980 9,000 34,500 30,000 8,100 25,200 20,700 11,250 23,520 16,200 7,080 39,600 10,500 42,000 11,100 7,626 8,246 9,300 35,650 27,125 8,370 29,295 21,390 11,625 27,342 16,740 7,316 35,805 10,850 43,400 11,470 7,380 7,980 4,500 34,500 30,000 8,100 28,350 20,700 11,250 26,460 16,200 7,080 39,600 10,500 42,000 11,100 7,626 8,246 9,300 35,650 31,000 8,370 29,295 21,390 11,625 27,342 16,740 7,316 40,920 10,850 43,400 11,470 7,626 8,246 9,300 32,085 31,000 8,370 29,295 21,390 11,625 24,304 16,740 7,316 40,920 10,850 43,400 11,470 7,380 7,980 9,000 31,050 30,000 8,100 28,350 20,700 11,250 26,460 16,200 7,080 39,600 10,500 42,000 11,100 7,626 8,246 9,300 35,650 31,000 8,370 29,295 17,825 11,625 27,342 16,740 7,316 40,920 10,850 37,975 11,470 7,380 3,990 9,000 34,500 30,000 8,100 28,350 20,700 11,250 26,460 16,200 7,080 39,600 10,500 42,000 11,100 7,626 8,246 9,300 35,650 31,000 8,370 29,295 21,390 11,625 27,342 16,740 7,316 40,920 10,850 43,400 11,470 28 5,208 4,704 5,208 5,040 5,208 5,040 5,208 5,208 5,040 5,208 5,040 5,208 322,183 291,004 325,748 309,150 316,758 310,740 325,748 319,145 311,790 316,758 311,250 325,748 3,750 1.48 45,658 4,500 80 3,750 1.48 45,658 4,500 80 3,750 1.48 45,658 3,000 80 3,750 1.48 45,658 3,000 80 3,750 1.48 45,658 4,500 80 3,750 1.48 45,658 3,000 80 3,750 1.48 45,658 4,500 80 3,750 1.48 45,658 4,500 80 3,750 1.48 45,658 3,000 80 3,750 1.48 45,658 3,000 80 3,750 1.48 45,658 4,500 80 3,750 1.48 45,658 3,000 80 Departmental Wages - Nursing - 1st Year Census Assisted Living Specialty Care Living Independent Living Total Census Specialty Care Census for Staffing (1 to 16 = 16) (16 to 32 = 32) SC Staffing Level - Hours/Day RN / LPN DON Memory Care Coordinator Care Givers Jan, 13 31 65 20 0 85 Feb, 13 28 65 20 0 85 Mar, 13 31 66 20 0 86 Apr, 13 30 64 20 0 84 May, 13 31 65 19 0 84 Jun, 13 30 65 20 0 85 Jul, 13 31 66 20 0 86 Aug, 13 31 64 20 0 84 Sep, 13 30 65 20 0 85 Oct, 13 31 65 19 0 84 Nov, 13 30 65 20 0 85 Dec, 13 31 66 20 0 86 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Total Nursing Hours / Week Total SC Nursing Hours Per Day AL Staffing Level - Hours/Day RN / LPN DON Memory Care Coordinator Care Givers Total Nursing Hours / Week 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.5500 3.5500 3.5500 3.5500 3.5500 3.5500 3.5500 3.5500 3.5500 3.5500 3.5500 3.5500 32.43 5.78 5.78 72.98 116.98 32.43 5.78 5.78 72.98 116.98 32.93 5.87 5.87 74.11 118.78 31.93 5.69 5.69 71.86 115.18 32.43 5.78 5.78 72.98 116.98 32.43 5.78 5.78 72.98 116.98 32.93 5.87 5.87 74.11 118.78 31.93 5.69 5.69 71.86 115.18 32.43 5.78 5.78 72.98 116.98 32.43 5.78 5.78 72.98 116.98 32.43 5.78 5.78 72.98 116.98 32.93 5.87 5.87 74.11 118.78 117.0000 117.0000 118.8000 115.2000 117.0000 117.0000 118.8000 115.2000 117.0000 117.0000 117.0000 118.8000 1.8000 1.8000 1.8000 1.8000 1.8000 1.8000 1.8000 1.8000 1.8000 1.8000 1.8000 1.8000 Total AL Nursing Hours per Day Payroll Taxes Company Portion Salaried Wages (@ 5.71 hours/day) RN / LPN DON Memory Care Coordinator Care Giver - AL Care Giver - SC Total Nursing Monthly Wages 0.00 $17.50 $24.00 $20.00 $9.00 $9.00 0.0995 0.0995 0.0995 0.0995 0.0995 0.0995 0.0995 0.0995 0.0995 0.0995 0.0995 0.0995 $9,913 $4,248 $4,960 $17,856 $11,520 $48,497 $8,953 $3,837 $4,480 $16,128 $11,520 $44,918 $9,913 $4,248 $4,960 $17,856 $11,520 $48,497 $9,593 $4,111 $4,800 $17,280 $11,520 $47,304 $9,913 $4,248 $4,960 $17,856 $13,680 $50,657 $9,593 $4,111 $4,800 $17,280 $14,400 $50,184 $9,913 $4,248 $4,960 $17,856 $11,520 $48,497 $9,913 $4,248 $4,960 $17,856 $11,520 $48,497 $9,593 $4,111 $4,800 $17,280 $11,520 $47,304 $9,913 $4,248 $4,960 $17,856 $10,944 $47,921 $9,593 $4,111 $4,800 $17,280 $11,520 $47,304 $9,913 $4,248 $4,960 $17,856 $11,520 $48,497 Departmental Wages - Other - 1st Year Month Census Days in Month Assisted Living Specialty Care Living Independent Living Total Census Maintenance Staffing (1 per 35 Residents) Activities Staffing (1 per 48 Residents) RN/LPN Staffing (3.2 Nurses Always) Dietary (5 to 20,6 to 30, 8 after 30) Care Giver - SC Care Giver - AL Staffing Level - Hours per Day Activities Dietary Housekeeping Maintenance Business / Reception Marketing Administrator Total Other Hours / Day Other Staffing Hours Per Resident Per Day Per Resident Per Day Activities Dietary Jan, 13 31 65 20 0 85 Feb, 13 28 65 20 0 85 Mar, 13 31 66 20 0 86 Apr, 13 30 64 20 0 84 May, 13 31 65 19 0 84 Jun, 13 30 65 20 0 85 Jul, 13 31 66 20 0 86 Aug, 13 31 64 20 0 84 Sep, 13 30 65 20 0 85 Oct, 13 31 65 19 0 84 Nov, 13 30 65 20 0 85 Dec, 13 31 66 20 0 86 3 2 3.2 8 8 8 3 2 3.2 8 8 8 3 2 3.2 8 8 8 3 2 3.2 8 8 8 3 2 3.2 8 10 8 3 2 3.2 8 10 8 3 2 3.2 8 8 8 3 2 3.2 8 8 8 3 2 3.2 8 8 8 3 2 3.2 8 8 8 3 2 3.2 8 8 8 3 2 3.2 8 8 8 10.83 48.01 5.56 15.59 13.56 5.56 8.00 107.10 10.83 48.01 5.56 15.59 13.56 5.56 8.00 107.10 10.95 48.57 5.63 15.77 13.72 5.63 8.00 108.27 10.70 47.44 5.49 15.41 13.40 5.49 8.00 105.94 10.70 47.44 5.49 15.41 13.40 5.49 8.00 105.94 10.83 48.01 5.56 15.59 13.56 5.56 8.00 107.10 10.95 48.57 5.63 15.77 13.72 5.63 8.00 108.27 10.70 47.44 5.49 15.41 13.40 5.49 8.00 105.94 10.83 48.01 5.56 15.59 13.56 5.56 8.00 107.10 10.70 47.44 5.49 15.41 13.40 5.49 8.00 105.94 10.83 48.01 5.56 15.59 13.56 5.56 8.00 107.10 10.95 48.57 5.63 15.77 13.72 5.63 8.00 108.27 1.23 1.23 1.23 1.23 1.23 1.23 1.23 1.23 1.23 1.23 1.23 1.23 104.70 104.70 105.93 103.47 103.47 104.70 105.93 103.47 104.70 103.47 104.70 105.93 0.13 0.56 0.13 0.56 0.13 0.56 0.13 0.56 0.13 0.56 0.13 0.56 0.13 0.56 0.13 0.56 0.13 0.56 0.13 0.56 0.13 0.56 0.13 0.56 Housekeeping Maintenance Business / Reception Marketing Administrator Total Per Resident Per Day Salaried Wages (@ 5.71hours/day) Activities Dietary Housekeeping Maintenance Business / Reception - 2 Marketing - 1 Administrator - 1 $14.00 $11.00 $9.00 $14.00 $14.00 $17.00 $27.00 Total Other Monthly Wages 0.07 0.18 0.16 0.07 0.09 1.26 0.07 0.18 0.16 0.07 0.09 1.26 0.07 0.18 0.16 0.07 0.09 1.26 0.07 0.18 0.16 0.07 0.10 1.26 0.07 0.18 0.16 0.07 0.10 1.26 0.07 0.18 0.16 0.07 0.09 1.26 0.07 0.18 0.16 0.07 0.09 1.26 0.07 0.18 0.16 0.07 0.10 1.26 0.07 0.18 0.16 0.07 0.09 1.26 0.07 0.18 0.16 0.07 0.10 1.26 0.07 0.18 0.16 0.07 0.09 1.26 0.07 0.18 0.16 0.07 0.09 1.26 $6,944 $21,824 $0 $10,416 $6,944 $3,009 $4,779 $6,272 $19,712 $0 $9,408 $6,272 $2,718 $4,317 $6,944 $21,824 $0 $10,416 $6,944 $3,009 $4,779 $6,720 $21,120 $0 $10,080 $6,720 $2,912 $4,625 $6,944 $21,824 $0 $10,416 $6,944 $3,009 $4,779 $6,720 $21,120 $0 $10,080 $6,720 $2,912 $4,625 $6,944 $21,824 $0 $10,416 $6,944 $3,009 $4,779 $6,944 $21,824 $0 $10,416 $6,944 $3,009 $4,779 $6,720 $21,120 $0 $10,080 $6,720 $2,912 $4,625 $6,944 $21,824 $0 $10,416 $6,944 $3,009 $4,779 $6,720 $21,120 $0 $10,080 $6,720 $2,912 $4,625 $6,944 $21,824 $0 $10,416 $6,944 $3,009 $4,779 $53,916 $48,699 $53,916 $52,177 $53,916 $52,177 $53,916 $53,916 $52,177 $53,916 $52,177 $53,916 General and Administrative Expenses - 1st Year Nursing Supplies Activities Supplies Dietary Supplies Raw Food Housekeeping Supplies Laundry Supplies Dietary Consultant Linen and Bedding Maintenance Supplies Trash Removal Maintenance and Repairs Landscaping Sprinkler / Alarm Service Pest Service Utilities All Insurance Accounting Fees Computer/Software Support Meals and Entertainment Van Lease Van Insurance Van Gas and Repairs Dues and Subscriptions Business Licenses Employment Advertising Telephone Postage/Delivery Bank Charges Office Supplies Office Equipment Rental Promotion / Public Relations Yellow Page Advertising Days in M $0.17 $0.20 $0.80 $6.50 $0.40 $0.20 14.00 6.66 16.66 2.00 23.33 35.00 4.33 10.50 390.00 216.66 20.00 11.66 1.66 73.33 12.00 13.33 3.33 3.33 8.33 40.00 6.66 3.00 10.00 8.33 216.66 22.00 Jan, 13 Feb, 13 Mar, 13 Apr, 13 May, 13 Jun, 13 Jul, 13 Aug, 13 Sep, 13 Oct, 13 Nov, 13 Dec, 13 31 28 31 30 31 30 31 31 30 31 30 31 $416 $376 $422 $398 $411 $403 $422 $411 $403 $411 $403 $422 490 442 496 468 484 474 496 484 474 484 474 496 1,959 1,770 1,984 1,872 1,934 1,896 1,984 1,934 1,896 1,934 1,896 1,984 17,128 15,470 17,329 16,380 16,926 16,575 17,329 16,926 16,575 16,926 16,575 17,329 980 885 992 936 967 948 992 967 948 967 948 992 490 442 496 468 484 474 496 484 474 484 474 496 434 206 516 980 723 1,085 134 326 12,090 6,716 620 361 51 2,273 372 413 103 103 258 1,240 206 93 310 258 6,716 682 392 186 466 885 653 980 121 294 10,920 6,066 560 326 46 2,053 336 373 93 93 233 1,120 186 84 280 233 6,066 616 434 206 516 992 723 1,085 134 326 12,090 6,716 620 361 51 2,273 372 413 103 103 258 1,240 206 93 310 258 6,716 682 420 200 500 936 700 1,050 130 315 11,700 6,500 600 350 50 2,200 360 400 100 100 250 1,200 200 90 300 250 6,500 660 434 206 516 967 723 1,085 134 326 12,090 6,716 620 361 51 2,273 372 413 103 103 258 1,240 206 93 310 258 6,716 682 420 200 500 948 700 1,050 130 315 11,700 6,500 600 350 50 2,200 360 400 100 100 250 1,200 200 90 300 250 6,500 660 434 206 516 992 723 1,085 134 326 12,090 6,716 620 361 51 2,273 372 413 103 103 258 1,240 206 93 310 258 6,716 682 434 206 516 967 723 1,085 134 326 12,090 6,716 620 361 51 2,273 372 413 103 103 258 1,240 206 93 310 258 6,716 682 420 200 500 948 700 1,050 130 315 11,700 6,500 600 350 50 2,200 360 400 100 100 250 1,200 200 90 300 250 6,500 660 434 206 516 967 723 1,085 134 326 12,090 6,716 620 361 51 2,273 372 413 103 103 258 1,240 206 93 310 258 6,716 682 420 200 500 948 700 1,050 130 315 11,700 6,500 600 350 50 2,200 360 400 100 100 250 1,200 200 90 300 250 6,500 660 434 206 516 992 723 1,085 134 326 12,090 6,716 620 361 51 2,273 372 413 103 103 258 1,240 206 93 310 258 6,716 682 Personal Property Taxes Real Estate Taxes TOTAL Gen & Admin Expenses 8.33 55.53 258 1,721 233 1,555 258 1,721 250 1,666 258 1,721 250 1,666 258 1,721 258 1,721 250 1,666 258 1,721 250 1,666 258 1,721 $60,715 $54,839 $60,984 $58,496 $60,446 $58,757 $60,984 $60,446 $58,757 $60,446 $58,757 $60,984 Exhibit E PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS DANIEL J. SCHNEIDER SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT VALUATION & INFORMATION GROUP Experience General Mr. Schneider has been in the healthcare industry since 1997 and has been in the appraisal and consulting profession since 1998. His appraisal experience has been concentrated in the valuation of both tangible and intangible assets of various healthcare properties including medical office buildings, assisted living, skilled nursing, congregate and continuing care facilities. The interest valued in his appraisals includes fee simple, leasehold and leased fee estates. He has also performed several appraisals and market studies of multifamily properties primarily through the HUD MAP program and Fannie Mae. His appraisals have been used for financing, litigation, merger and acquisitions and re-capitalization purposes. Mr. Schneider researched various issues related to the senior-living industry. His efforts have been concentrated in Medicare’s prospective payment methodology and its affect on skilled-nursing facilities. In addition, he has developed numerous financial models for the valuation of healthcare and multifamily properties as well as a Medicare calculation that forecasts expected reimbursement rates. Prior to joining the Valuation & Information Group, Mr. Schneider was employed with several financial service firms as an appraiser specializing in valuations and market research of senior housing and multifamily properties. Prior to Mr. Schneider’s valuation career, he was employed with a regional accounting firm specializing in Medicare auditing and performed Medicare audits for Intermediaries throughout the United States. He has assisted in auditing hospitals, nursing homes and home health agencies. He has also been involved in the filing of Medicare cost reports for both hospitals and nursing homes. Professional Affiliations Mr. Schneider maintains certified general real estate appraiser licenses in Massachusetts, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Michigan, Ohio, Virginia, Connecticut, and Georgia. Education Mr. Schneider is a graduate of Rutgers University with a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting. Mr. Schneider has attended HUD MAP seminars in Manhattan, New York, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and Greensboro, North Carolina. APPRAISAL/MARKET STUDY ASSIGNMENTS PERFORMED BY DANIEL J. SCHNEIDER SINCE JUNE 1, 1998 Senior Housing/Assisted-Living Facilities Clare Bridge of Eagan, Eagan, MN Sterling House of Cape Coral, Cape Coral, FL Sterling Heights of Brandon, Brandon, FL WovenHearts of Coon Rapids I & II, Coon Rapids, MN Sterling House of South Bend, South Bend, IN Hamilton House & Wynwood of Portage, Portage, MI Chelsea at Fanwood, Fanwood, NJ Sterling House of Southern Pines, Southern Pines, NC Outlook Pointe New Port Richey, FL Sterling House of Alliance, Alliance, OH Outlook Pointe at Titusville, Titusville, FL WovenHearts and Sterling Cottage, LaCross, WI Clare Bridge of Sun City West, Sun City West, AZ Sterling House of Sun City Center, Sun City Center, FL Wynewood of Adams, Mars, PA Bridges at Buckland Hills, Manchester, CT Bridges at Cross Road, Waterford, CT Summerville at Litchfield Hills, Torrington, CT Brighton Gardens of Tampa Bay, Tampa, FL Brighton Gardens of Greensboro, Greensboro, NJ Oak Grove Inn, Montgomery, AL St Martins in the Pines, Birmingham, AL Proposed Independent Living, Troy, MI Ateret Avot, Brooklyn, NY Inn at Chestnut Hill, Columbus, OH Seaview Manor, Far Rockaway, NY Colts Neck Assisted Living, Colts Neck Twp., NJ Harborside Healthcare - Westlake II, Westlake, OH Carolina House of Pinehurst, Pinehurst, NC Carolina House of Smithfield, Smithfield, NC Brighton Gardens of Dunwoody, Dunwoody , GA Brighton Gardens, Florham Park, NJ Brighton Gardens of Greensboro, Greensboro, NC Brighton Gardens of Westlake, Westlake, OH Brighton Gardens of West Orange, West Orange, NJ Broadway Plaza at Pecan Park, Arlington , TX Sterling House of Florence, Florence, NJ Clare Bridge of Hamilton, Hamilton , NJ Brighton Gardens of Towson, Baltimore, MD Fair Oaks Estates, Carmichael, CA Homewood Residence, Delray Beach, FL Homewood Residence, Boynton Beach, FL Cardinal Retirement Village, Cuyahoga Falls, OH The Fields and Daybreak, Lynchburg, VA Daybreak of Hanover, Mechanicsville, VA Woodbury Mews, Woodbury, NJ Rosemont Court, Warner Robins, GA Ind. Village of Grand Ledge, Grand Ledge, MI Ingham Assisted Living, Lansing, MI The Landing at Canton, Canton, OH Proposed ALF, Metamora, MI Skilled-Nursing Facilities Medilodge of Richmond, Richmond, MI Medilodge of Yale, Yale, MI Medilodge of Sterling Heights, Sterling Heights, MI Faith Medical Care Center, Saint Clair, MI Serenity Haven Nursing Home, Garland, TX Woodland Care Center, Camden, NJ Jersey Shore Center, Eatontown, NJ Carriage House Manor, South Amboy, NJ Bishop Nursing Home, Media, PA IHS of Henderson, Henderson, NV Majestic Pines Care Center, Hayward, CA Parkmont Rehabilitation and Care Center, Fremont, CA Salinas Rehabilitation and Care Center, Salinas, CA Carriage House Manor, Fullerton, CA Twin Palms Care Center, Artesia, CA Valley Manor Rehabilitation Center, Concord, CA Lakeridge Village Care Center, Lakewood, CO Allison Care Center, Lakewood, CO Cambridge Care Center, Lakewood, CO Rocky Mountain Healthcare Center, Denver, CO O'Hara Regional Center for Rehabilitation, Denver, CO Bridgeview Health Care Center, Bridgeview, IL Harborside Healthcare, New Port Richey, FL Harborside Healthcare – Clearwater, Clearwater, FL Harborside Healthcare – Ocala, Ocala, FL Medco Center of Morganfield, Morganfield, KY Medco Center of Paducah, Puducah, KY Mountain City Care Center, Mountain City, TN Pine Ridge Care Center, Elizabethton, TN Hales Corner Care Center, Hales Corner, WI Harborside Healthcare, Terre Haute, IN Harborside Healthcare – Decatur, Indianapolis, IN Tandem Health Care, Safety Harbor, FL Tandem Health Care of St. Petersburg, Seminole, FL Tandem Health Care of Bayonet Point, Hudson, FL Orchard Park Care Center, Orem, UT Royal Care of Avon Park, Avon Park, FL The Manor at Whitehall, Whitehall, OH Middlebury Manor Health Care Centre, Akron , OH Walton Manor Health Care Center, Walton Hills, OH Bridgeway Care Center, Bridgewater, NJ Capitol Health Services, Dover, DE The Highlands, Edison, NJ Holmdel Healthcare Center, Holmdel, NJ Harborside Healthcare - Beachwood, Beachwood, OH Harborside Healthcare, Broadview, OH Harborside Healthcare - Westlake I, Westlake, OH Woodland Care Center, McDermott, OH Hillcrest Manor Care Center, WCH, OH Maple View Manor, Bainbridge, OH Wintersong Village of WCH, WCH, OH Lee Nursing & Rehab Cntr, Pennington Gap, VA Lincoln Specialty Care Center, Vineland, NJ New Vista, New Brunswick, NJ Haven Health of Cromwell, Cromwell, CT Haven Health Cntr of East Hartford, East Hartford, CT Haven Health Center of Waterbury, Waterbury, CT Haven Health Center of Waterford, Waterford, CT Green Valley Pavilion, Smyrna, DE Green Valley Terrace, Millsboro, DE Regal Heights Healthcare & Rehab, Hockessin, DE Lorien Nursing & Rehab Center, Baltimore, MD Oakland Care Center, Oakland, NJ Silver Care Center, Cherry Hill, NJ Shore Meadows, Toms River, NJ Royal Health Gate, Trenton, NJ Lakeview Subacute Care Center, Wayne, NJ Amboy Care Center, Perth Amboy, NJ Manahawkin Convalescent Center, Manahawkin, NJ Oakland Nursing and Rehabilitation, Oakland, MD Crestmark at Roselawn, Roselawn, Indiana West Ridge Care Center, Cedar Rapids, IA Care One Portfolio, NJ, MA, CT, NH Woburn Nursing Center, Woburn, MA The Manor of Farmington Hills, Farmington Hills, MI United Helpers Nursing Home, Canton, NY Cuyahoga Falls Country Place, Cuyahoga Falls, OH Tri-State Comprehensive Care Cntr., Harrogate, TN Evergreen Health & Rehab Center, La Grande, OR Live Oak Nursing Center, Georges West, TX Briarcliff Nursing and Rehab Center, McAllen, TX Town & Country Manor, Boerne, TX Oakcrest Nursing Center, Rockport, TX Colonial Manor Care Center, New Braunfels, TX Guadalupe Valley Nursing Center, Sequin, TX South Jersey Health Center, Camden, NJ Jewish Geriatric Home, Cherry Hill, NJ Haven Health Center of Torrington, Torrington, CT Grace Healthcare of Clewiston, Clewiston, FL Grace Healthcare of Lakeland, Lakeland, FL Grace Hlthcr of St. Petersburg, St. Petersburg, FL St. James Nursing Center, Detroit, MI 17 Michigan Facilities, Various, MI Autumnwood of McBain, McBain, MI Autumnwood of Deckerville, Deckerville, MI Courtney Manor, Bad Axe, MI James Square Health & Rehab Centre, Syracuse, NY Gowanda Nursing Home, Gowanda, NY Arbors at Delaware, Delaware, OH Atlantis Rehab & Nursing Center, Carneys Point, NJ Americana Nrsng & Rehab Center, Maple Shade, NJ Teaneck Nursing Center, Teaneck, NJ Providence Nursing & Rehab Center, Trenton, NJ 17 Michigan Facilities Egle Nursing Home, Lonaconing, MD Holly Hill Manor, Towson, MD Aberjona Nursing Center, Winchester, MA The Manor of Novi, Novi, MI Sunrise Manor Nursing Home, Bay Shore, NY Hospitals and Psychiatric Facilities Rolling Hills Hospital, Ada , OK Havenwyck Hospital and Center, Auburn Hills, MI Riveredge Hospital, Forest Park, IL Greater Southeast Community Hospital, DC Harbor Oaks Hospital, New Bedford, MI French Hospital Medical Center, SLO, CA Arroyo Grande Comm. Hospital, Arroyo Grande, CA Braxton Hospital, Braxton, WV Mercy Mount Clemens Corporation, Clinton, MI Portsmouth Regional Hospital, Portsmouth, NH Multifamily/Affordable Housing Properties Dessert Palms, Mesa, AZ Palm Oasis, Phoenix, AZ Fillmore Place, Phoenix, AZ Palms at Mesa, Mesa, AZ Pines at Prescott, Prescott, AZ Sonora Vista I & II, Mesa AZ Briarwood Gardens, Grandview, MO Riverbend Apartments, Milledgeville, GA Moultrie Manor, Moultrie, GA The Charter House, Silver Springs, MD Marsh Landing Apartments, Portsmouth, VA Courtview Manor, Florence, AL Green Meadows Townhomes, Macon, GA Greenfield Apartments, Seneca, SC Laurens Terrace, Laurens, SC Talladega Downs, Talladega, AL Trinity Manor Apartments, Augusta, GA Fountain Plaza, Pittsburg, CA South Park Apartments, Elyria, OH Kenyon Manor, Buckley, WA Garden Court Apartments, Lancaster, PA Landau Apartments, Clinton, SC Kenton Village Apartments, Kenton, OH Anthony Arms Apartments, Macon, GA Hillview Townhouses, Rockford, MI Somerset Apartments, Lansing, MI Campbellstone Apartments North, Atlanta, GA Oceanside Manor, Brunswick, GA Summerwood Apartments, Redmond, WA Ukrainian Village, Warren, MI Tivoli Manor, Warren, MI Evangelical Manor, Detroit, MI The Friendly Summit, Locust Grove, GA Across The Park, Detroit, MI Danish Village, Rochester Hills, MI Westland Meadows, Kalamazoo, MI Drake Apartments, Farmington Hills, MI Epsilon Apartments, Farmington Hills, MI Harbor Village Apartments, Holland, MI Art Center, Detroit, MI West Virginia Manor, Bluefield, WV Kingston Apartments, Macon, GA Columbia at MLK, Atlanta, GA Columbia at Edgewood, Atlanta, GA Serenity Place, Grand Ledge, MI Braidwood Manor, Davison, MI Gates on Conway, Atlanta, MI Heritage Village, Redding, CA Village Park Apartments, Dearborn, MI Town Center, Highland Park, MI McCoy Townhouses, Detroit, MI Irvis Towers, Pittsburgh, PA Butler Towers, Butler, PA Arbor Village, Flint, MI Mari-Dan Miller Farms, Swartz Creek, MI Auxora Arms Apartments, Little Rock, AR Greenhouse Apartments, Detroit, MI Orchestra Towers, Detroit, MI HUD MAP Appraisals and Market Studies Project/ Location Hillview Townhouses, Rockford, MI Somerset Apartments, Lansing, MI Harbor Village Apartments, Holland, MI Clio Woods Apartments, Flint, MI Whitney Young, Kentwood, MI Blair Park, Jackson, MI Clement Kern, Detroit, MI Irvis Towers, Pittsburg, PA Butler Towers, Butler, PA West Virginia Manor, Bluefield, WV Serenity Place, Grand Ledge, MI Ukrainian Village, Warren, MI Tivoli Manor, Warren, MI Evangelical Manor, Detroit, MI Spring Valley Apartments, Caspian, MI Park Ridge Commons, Greece, NY Beverly Hills Senior Apartments, Beverly Hills, CA Homecrest North and South, Silver Springs, MD Antonion Towers, Eaton, PA Neumann Apartments, Saint Clair, PA Queen of Peace Apartments, Pottsville, PA, Holy Family Apartments, Bethlehem, PA Queen of Angeles Apartments, Reading, PA Danish Village, Rochester Hills, MI Beautiful Light Inn, San Bernardino, CA Abundant Life Towers I, Baltimore, MD Abundant Life Towers II, Baltimore, MD Belmont Independent Living, DC Drake Apartments, Farmington Hills, MI Epsilon Apartments, Farmington Hills, MI Program 223(f) 223(f) 223(f) 223(f) 223(f) 223(f) 223(f) 223(f) 223(f) 223(f) 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 Ridgecrest Apartments, Salem, VA Parc Development Homes, Peoria, IL Anthony Arms Apartments, Macon, GA Riverbend Apartments, Milledgeville, GA Moultrie Manor, Moultrie, GA Westland Meadows, Kalamazoo, MI Chidester Place, Ypsilanti, MI Kingston Apartments, Macon, GA Columbia at MLK, Atlanta, GA Columbia at Edgewood, Atlanta, GA Campbellstone Apartments North, Atlanta, GA Oceanside Manor, Brunswick, GA Summerwood Apartments, Redmond, WA Braidwood Manor, Davison, MI Gates on Conway, Atlanta, MI Heritage Village, Redding, CA Village Park Apartments, Dearborn, MI The Friendly Summit, Locust Grove, GA Gardenview Apartments, Flint, MI Village Park Apartments, Dearborn, MI Town Center, Highland Park, MI Westland Meadows, Kalamazoo, MI Auxora Arms Apartments, Little Rock, AR Art Center, Detroit, MI Greenhouse Apartments, MI Coldwater Crossings, Coldwater The Fields and Daybreak, Lynchburg, VA Daybreak of Hanover, Mechanicsville, VA Lee Nursing & Rehab Cntr, Pennington Gap, VA Capitol Healthcare, Dover, DE Riverside Hospital, Forest Park, IL Havenwyck Hospital, Auburn Hills, MI Heartland Hospital, Nevada, MO Tri-State Comprehensive Care, Harrogate, TN Medco Center of Paducah, Paducah, TN Morganfield Nursing & Rehab, Morganfield, KY Fair Oaks Estates, Carmichael, CA Empress Rehab Center, Long Beach, CA Hales Corner Care Center, Hales Corner, WI Evergreen Health and Rehab Center, La Grande, OR Radford Nursing & Rehabilitation Center, Radford, VA Chestnut Hill Assisted Living, Chestnut Hill, PA Ludington Woods Living Center, Ludington, MI Chancellor at Del Mar, Del Mar, DE White Oaks Assisted Living, Lawton, MI Stonehedge Nsg Home of Chittenango, Chittenango, NY Stonehedge Health & Rehab Cntr, Rome, NY New Haven Residential Care Home, New Haven, CT 223(f)/202 223(f)/202 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) New Construction 221(d)(4) New Construction 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) New Construction 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) New Construction 221(d)(4) New Construction 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) New Construction 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) Rehab 221(d)(4) Rehab 202/221(d)(4) Rehab 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) Westside Manor, East Hampton, CT Brinton Woods Nrsg. & Rehab Cntr., Sykesville, MD Anchorage Nrsg & Rehab Cntr, Salisbury, MD Blue Point Nrsg & Rehab Cntr, Baltimore, MD Oakland Nursing and Rehabilitation, Oakland, MD Berlin Nursing and Rehab Center, Berlin, MD Sava Porfolio, WI, MI, MD, GA, AL, NC, WV & MS 8 SNFs in West Virginia 8 SNFs in Upstate New York Egle Nursing Home, Lonaconing, MD West Ridge Care Center, Cedar Rapids, IA Aborjona Nursing Center, Winchester, MA United Helpers Nursing Home, Canton, NY 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) 232/223(f) PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS THOMAS R. LETTIERI VICE PRESIDENT VALUATION & INFORMATION GROUP Experience General Mr. Lettieri has been engaged in the consulting and valuation profession since 1995 and the healthcare industry since 1993. His experience includes the completion of appraisals, business valuations and financially feasibility studies of various healthcare and senior housing assets, including primary care and multi-specialty physician group practices, hospitals, clinics, free standing outpatient facilities, continuing care retirement facilities, assisted living facilities and skilled nursing facilities. The purpose and use of these studies includes project acquisition, project development, traditional or REIT financing, tax-exempt bond offerings, CMBS underwriting, work-out studies of distressed operations, HUD mortgage insurance financing, M&A advisory, and corporate strategic planning. Mr. Lettieri has developed detailed market assessments to analyze the market feasibility of proposed and existing healthcare and real estate projects. Real estate assets have included market rate apartment complexes and government subsidized apartment complexes that were financed, in part, through low income housing tax credits. These engagements include defining a primary market area, detailing area competition and estimating demand in the defined primary market area. Mr. Lettieri’s healthcare experience has also included the formation and development of primary care and multi-specialty physician group practices, physician practice compensation plans and primary care physician development plans for regional hospitals and healthcare systems. Prior to joining Valuation and Information Group, Mr. Lettieri was formerly employed with a nationally recognized healthcare-consulting firm as well as a regional healthcare system located in the Philadelphia area. Professional Affiliations Mr. Lettieri is a professional member of the Temple University Healthcare Administration Alumni (TUHAA). Mr. Lettieri maintains certified general real estate appraiser trainee licenses in Florida, Maine, Maryland, New Jersey, New York and Pennsylvania. Education Mr. Lettieri possesses an MBA, with a concentration in Healthcare Administration from Temple University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Mr. Lettieri also graduated from La Salle University, located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, with a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration, concentrating in Finance. PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS JEAN-PIERRE LoMONACO, MAI PRESIDENT VALUATION & INFORMATION GROUP Experience General Mr. LoMonaco entered the real estate consulting industry in 1989. Assignments include market feasibility analysis, appraisal reports, lease analysis, highest and best use studies, and general consulting. Mr. LoMonaco’s expertise has been used by clients for lending, litigation support, asset allocation, due diligence, lease negotiation, tax appeals, bankruptcy proceedings and market and site selection. Mr. LoMonaco is the President of Valuation & Information Group, Culver City, CA. Experience includes appraisal and market feasibility assignments for a wide variety of property types in the senior housing and healthcare related industry. Property types included senior apartments, independent living, congregate, assisted living, skilled nursing, Alzheimer’s, medical office buildings, surgery centers, dialysis centers, rehabilitation hospitals, psychiatric hospitals, specialty hospitals and general acute care hospitals. Assignments have been conducted throughout the United States. Prior to joining the Valuation & Information Group Mr. LoMonaco was Vice President of a national consulting company specializing in healthcare related assets and was responsible for the western real estate division. Duties included client servicing, staff development and general oversight of the western division. Professional Affiliations Member of the Appraisal Institute (MAI); Certified General Real Estate Appraiser in Arizona, California, Colorado, Georgia, Illinois, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Nevada, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas, Utah, and Washington Education By continually attending classes, seminars and conferences, Mr. LoMonaco routinely exceeds the minimum continuing education requirements of the Appraisal Institute and State requirements. Mr. LoMonaco has moderated panels at senior housing / long-term care conferences. He received his Bachelor of Science degree in Finance and Real Estate Emphasis at the University of Southern California. PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS HOWARD LEE FINANCIAL ANALYST VALUATION & INFORMATION GROUP Experience General Howard Lee entered the real estate appraisal field in August 2010. Currently he is a Financial Analyst at Valuation & Information Group, Culver City, CA. Experience includes appraisal and consulting assignments for a variety of property types in the real estate, senior housing and healthcare-related industries. Property types include nursing homes, assisted living facilities and skilled nursing facilities. Assignments have been conducted throughout the United States. Education Mr. Lee received his Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematics from the University of Michigan, and his Master of Arts and Candidate of Philosophy degrees in Mathematics from the University of California, Los Angeles.